blob: 4c096fe0ec58d2babfcdfb9c07165f01e0c37f75 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
John McCall2d887082010-08-25 22:03:47 +000014#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000015#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000016#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
17#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000018#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +000019#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +000020#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000021#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
Steve Naroff210679c2007-08-25 14:02:58 +000022#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +000023#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
John McCall7cd088e2010-08-24 07:21:54 +000024#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Fariborz Jahaniand4266622010-06-16 18:56:04 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +000027#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000028#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +000029#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000031#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth73e0a912011-05-01 07:23:17 +000032#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000033using namespace clang;
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000034using namespace sema;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000035
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +000036ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000037 IdentifierInfo &II,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +000038 SourceLocation NameLoc,
39 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
40 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
41 bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000042 // Determine where to perform name lookup.
43
44 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
45 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
46 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
47 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
48 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
49 // this appears to be ill-formed:
50 //
51 // namespace N {
52 // template <typename T> struct S {
53 // ~S();
54 // };
55 // }
56 //
57 // void f(N::S<int>* s) {
58 // s->N::S<int>::~S();
59 // }
60 //
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +000061 // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000062 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
63 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000064 QualType SearchType;
65 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
66 bool isDependent = false;
67 bool LookInScope = false;
68
69 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
70 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
71 // we know what type we're looking for.
72 if (ObjectTypePtr)
73 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
74
75 if (SS.isSet()) {
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +000076 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000077
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +000078 bool AlreadySearched = false;
79 bool LookAtPrefix = true;
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000080 // C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000081 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000082 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
83 // nested-name-specifier. In a qualified-id of the form:
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +000084 //
85 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier ~ class-name
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000086 //
87 // where the nested-name-specifier designates a namespace scope, and in
Chandler Carruth5e895a82010-02-21 10:19:54 +000088 // a qualified-id of the form:
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000089 //
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +000090 // ::opt nested-name-specifier class-name :: ~ class-name
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000091 //
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000092 // the class-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000093 // the nested-name-specifier.
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000094 //
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000095 // Here, we check the first case (completely) and determine whether the
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000096 // code below is permitted to look at the prefix of the
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000097 // nested-name-specifier.
98 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
99 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
100 AlreadySearched = true;
101 LookupCtx = DC;
102 isDependent = false;
103 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
104 LookAtPrefix = false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000105
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +0000106 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000107 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = 0;
108 if (AlreadySearched) {
109 // Nothing left to do.
110 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
111 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
Douglas Gregor7e384942011-02-25 16:07:42 +0000112 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000113 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
114 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000115 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000116 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
117 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
118 } else {
119 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000120 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000121 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000122
Douglas Gregoredc90502010-02-25 04:46:04 +0000123 LookInScope = false;
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000124 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
128 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
129 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
130 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
131 // cv-qualified) T.
132 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
133 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000134 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000135 "Caller should have completed object type");
136
137 LookInScope = true;
138 } else {
139 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
140 LookInScope = true;
141 }
142
Douglas Gregor7ec18732011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000143 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = 0;
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000144 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
145 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
146 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
Douglas Gregor7ec18732011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000147 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000148 // we're allowed to look there).
149 Found.clear();
150 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
151 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +0000152 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000153 LookupName(Found, S);
154 else
155 continue;
156
157 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
158 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000159 return ParsedType();
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000160
161 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
162 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000163
164 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
165 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
166 // We found our type!
167
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000168 return ParsedType::make(T);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000169 }
John Wiegley36784e72011-03-08 08:13:22 +0000170
Douglas Gregor7ec18732011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000171 if (!SearchType.isNull())
172 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000173 }
174
175 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
176 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
177 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
178 // this is the destructor for that class.
179 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000180 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000181 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
182 QualType MemberOfType;
183 if (SS.isSet()) {
184 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
185 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +0000186 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
187 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000188 }
189 }
190 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
191 MemberOfType = SearchType;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000192
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000193 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
194 continue;
195
196 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
197 // class template we found is the same as the template being
198 // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
199 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
200 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
201 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
202 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
203 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000204 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000205 }
206
207 continue;
208 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000209
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000210 // We're referring to an unresolved class template
211 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
212 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
213 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
214 // has the same name.
215 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
216 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
217 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
218
219 // The class template we found is the same template being
220 // specialized.
221 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
222 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000223 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000224
225 continue;
226 }
227
228 // The class template we found has the same name as the
229 // (dependent) template name being specialized.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000230 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000231 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
232 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
233 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000234 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000235
236 continue;
237 }
238 }
239 }
240 }
241
242 if (isDependent) {
243 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
244 // anyway.
Douglas Gregore29425b2011-02-28 22:42:13 +0000245
246 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
247 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
248 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
249 II, NameLoc);
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000250 return ParsedType::make(T);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000251 }
252
Douglas Gregor7ec18732011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000253 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
254 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
255 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
256 << T << SearchType;
257 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
258 << T;
259 } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
260 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000261 << &II;
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000262 else
263 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_class_name);
264
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000265 return ParsedType();
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000266}
267
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000268/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000269ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
Douglas Gregor4eb4f0f2010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000270 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
271 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
272 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000273 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000274 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000275 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000276 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000277 // type, the class shall be completely-defined.
Douglas Gregord1c1d7b2010-06-02 06:16:02 +0000278 Qualifiers Quals;
279 QualType T
280 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
281 Quals);
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000282 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
283 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
284 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000285
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000286 return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
287 Operand,
288 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
289}
290
291/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000292ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
Douglas Gregor4eb4f0f2010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000293 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
294 Expr *E,
295 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000296 bool isUnevaluatedOperand = true;
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000297 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
298 QualType T = E->getType();
299 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
300 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
301 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
302 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
303 // shall be completely-defined.
304 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
305 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000306
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000307 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +0000308 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000309 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
310 // operand. [...]
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +0000311 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->Classify(Context).isGLValue()) {
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000312 isUnevaluatedOperand = false;
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000313
314 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
315 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
316 }
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000317 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000318
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000319 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
320 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000321 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
322 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000323 // type.
Douglas Gregord1c1d7b2010-06-02 06:16:02 +0000324 Qualifiers Quals;
325 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
326 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
327 T = UnqualT;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000328 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, CastCategory(E)).take();
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000329 }
330 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000331
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000332 // If this is an unevaluated operand, clear out the set of
333 // declaration references we have been computing and eliminate any
334 // temporaries introduced in its computation.
335 if (isUnevaluatedOperand)
336 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = Unevaluated;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000337
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000338 return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000339 E,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000340 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000341}
342
343/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000344ExprResult
Sebastian Redlc42e1182008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000345Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
346 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000347 // Find the std::type_info type.
Sebastian Redlce0682f2011-03-31 19:29:24 +0000348 if (!getStdNamespace())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000349 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000350
Douglas Gregor4eb4f0f2010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000351 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
352 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
353 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
354 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
355 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
356 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
357 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
358 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000359
Douglas Gregor4eb4f0f2010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000360 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000361
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000362 if (isType) {
363 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
364 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000365 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
366 &TInfo);
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000367 if (T.isNull())
368 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000369
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000370 if (!TInfo)
371 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
Sebastian Redlc42e1182008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000372
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000373 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000374 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000375
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000376 // The operand is an expression.
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000377 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
Sebastian Redlc42e1182008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000378}
379
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000380/// Retrieve the UuidAttr associated with QT.
381static UuidAttr *GetUuidAttrOfType(QualType QT) {
382 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +0000383 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();;
Francois Pichet913b7bf2010-12-20 03:51:03 +0000384 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
385 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
386 else if (QT->isArrayType())
387 Ty = cast<ArrayType>(QT)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
388
Francois Pichet8db75a22011-05-08 10:02:20 +0000389 // Loop all record redeclaration looking for an uuid attribute.
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000390 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Francois Pichet8db75a22011-05-08 10:02:20 +0000391 for (CXXRecordDecl::redecl_iterator I = RD->redecls_begin(),
392 E = RD->redecls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
393 if (UuidAttr *Uuid = I->getAttr<UuidAttr>())
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000394 return Uuid;
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000395 }
Francois Pichet8db75a22011-05-08 10:02:20 +0000396
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000397 return 0;
Francois Pichet913b7bf2010-12-20 03:51:03 +0000398}
399
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000400/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
401ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
402 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
403 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
404 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000405 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
406 if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType()))
407 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
408 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000409
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000410 // FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
411 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
412 Operand,
413 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
414}
415
416/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
417ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
418 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
419 Expr *E,
420 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000421 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000422 if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType()) &&
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000423 !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
424 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
425 }
426 // FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000427 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
428 E,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000429 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000430}
431
432/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
433ExprResult
434Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
435 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000436 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000437 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
438 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
439 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
440 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
441 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
442 if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
443 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000444 }
445
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000446 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000447
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000448 if (isType) {
449 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
450 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
451 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
452 &TInfo);
453 if (T.isNull())
454 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000455
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000456 if (!TInfo)
457 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
458
459 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
460 }
461
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000462 // The operand is an expression.
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000463 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
464}
465
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +0000466/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000467ExprResult
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +0000468Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Douglas Gregor2f639b92008-10-24 15:36:09 +0000469 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000470 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000471 return Owned(new (Context) CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true,
472 Context.BoolTy, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000473}
Chris Lattner50dd2892008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000474
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000475/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000476ExprResult
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000477Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
478 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc));
479}
480
Chris Lattner50dd2892008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000481/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000482ExprResult
Douglas Gregorbca01b42011-07-06 22:04:06 +0000483Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
484 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
485 if (Ex) {
486 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
487 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
488 // copy/move construction of a class object [...]
489 //
490 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
491 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
492 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
493 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
494 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
495 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
496 // exception object
497 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
498 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
499 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
500 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
501 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
502 IsThrownVarInScope = true;
503 break;
504 }
505
506 if (S->getFlags() &
507 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
508 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
509 Scope::TryScope))
510 break;
511 }
512 }
513 }
514 }
515
516 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
517}
518
519ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
520 bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
Anders Carlsson729b8532011-02-23 03:46:46 +0000521 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
Anders Carlsson15348ae2011-02-28 02:27:16 +0000522 if (!getLangOptions().CXXExceptions &&
Anders Carlsson729b8532011-02-23 03:46:46 +0000523 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
Anders Carlssonb1fba312011-02-19 21:53:09 +0000524 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
Douglas Gregorbca01b42011-07-06 22:04:06 +0000525
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000526 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorbca01b42011-07-06 22:04:06 +0000527 ExprResult ExRes = CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000528 if (ExRes.isInvalid())
529 return ExprError();
530 Ex = ExRes.take();
531 }
Douglas Gregorbca01b42011-07-06 22:04:06 +0000532
533 return Owned(new (Context) CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc,
534 IsThrownVarInScope));
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000535}
536
537/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
Douglas Gregorbca01b42011-07-06 22:04:06 +0000538ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
539 bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000540 // C++ [except.throw]p3:
Douglas Gregor154fe982009-12-23 22:04:40 +0000541 // A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
542 // object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
543 // cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000544 // the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
Douglas Gregor154fe982009-12-23 22:04:40 +0000545 // or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
546 if (E->getType().hasQualifiers())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000547 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, E->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), CK_NoOp,
548 CastCategory(E)).take();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000549
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000550 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
551 if (Res.isInvalid())
552 return ExprError();
553 E = Res.take();
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000554
555 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
556 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
557 QualType Ty = E->getType();
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000558 bool isPointer = false;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000559 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000560 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000561 isPointer = true;
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000562 }
563 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
564 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000565 PDiag(isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
566 : diag::err_throw_incomplete)
567 << E->getSourceRange()))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000568 return ExprError();
Rafael Espindola7b9a5aa2010-03-02 21:28:26 +0000569
Douglas Gregorbf422f92010-04-15 18:05:39 +0000570 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
571 PDiag(diag::err_throw_abstract_type)
572 << E->getSourceRange()))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000573 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000574 }
575
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000576 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out
577 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
Douglas Gregorbca01b42011-07-06 22:04:06 +0000578
579 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
580 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
581 // copy/move construction of a class object [...]
582 //
583 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
584 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-clause
585 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
586 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
587 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
588 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
589 // exception object
590 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = 0;
591 if (IsThrownVarInScope)
592 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), E, false);
593
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000594 InitializedEntity Entity =
Douglas Gregor72dfa272011-01-21 22:46:35 +0000595 InitializedEntity::InitializeException(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregorbca01b42011-07-06 22:04:06 +0000596 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != 0);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000597 Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRVOVariable,
Douglas Gregorbca01b42011-07-06 22:04:06 +0000598 QualType(), E,
599 IsThrownVarInScope);
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000600 if (Res.isInvalid())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000601 return ExprError();
602 E = Res.take();
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000603
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000604 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
605 const RecordType *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
606 if (!RecordTy)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000607 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000608 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
609
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000610 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
611 // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000612 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
613
Eli Friedman98efb9f2010-10-12 20:32:36 +0000614 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
615 if (isPointer)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000616 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman98efb9f2010-10-12 20:32:36 +0000617
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000618 // If the class has a non-trivial destructor, we must be able to call it.
619 if (RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000620 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000621
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000622 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor
Douglas Gregordb89f282010-07-01 22:47:18 +0000623 = const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(LookupDestructor(RD));
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000624 if (!Destructor)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000625 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000626
627 MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
628 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000629 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000630 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner50dd2892008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000631}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000632
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000633QualType Sema::getAndCaptureCurrentThisType() {
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000634 // Ignore block scopes: we can capture through them.
635 // Ignore nested enum scopes: we'll diagnose non-constant expressions
636 // where they're invalid, and other uses are legitimate.
637 // Don't ignore nested class scopes: you can't use 'this' in a local class.
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000638 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000639 unsigned NumBlocks = 0;
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000640 while (true) {
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000641 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC)) {
642 DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
643 ++NumBlocks;
644 } else if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC))
645 DC = cast<EnumDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000646 else break;
647 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000648
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000649 QualType ThisTy;
650 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
651 if (method && method->isInstance())
652 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
653 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
654 // C++0x [expr.prim]p4:
655 // Otherwise, if a member-declarator declares a non-static data member
656 // of a class X, the expression this is a prvalue of type "pointer to X"
657 // within the optional brace-or-equal-initializer.
658 Scope *S = getScopeForContext(DC);
659 if (!S || S->getFlags() & Scope::ThisScope)
660 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.getRecordType(RD));
661 }
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000662
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000663 // Mark that we're closing on 'this' in all the block scopes we ignored.
664 if (!ThisTy.isNull())
665 for (unsigned idx = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
666 NumBlocks; --idx, --NumBlocks)
667 cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])->CapturesCXXThis = true;
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000668
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000669 return ThisTy;
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000670}
671
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000672ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000673 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
674 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
675 /// which the function is called.
676
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000677 QualType ThisTy = getAndCaptureCurrentThisType();
678 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000679
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000680 return Owned(new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000681}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000682
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000683ExprResult
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000684Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000685 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000686 MultiExprArg exprs,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000687 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorae4c77d2010-02-05 19:11:37 +0000688 if (!TypeRep)
689 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000690
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +0000691 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
692 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
693 if (!TInfo)
694 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000695
696 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
697}
698
699/// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
700/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
701/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
702/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
703ExprResult
704Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
705 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
706 MultiExprArg exprs,
707 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
708 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000709 unsigned NumExprs = exprs.size();
710 Expr **Exprs = (Expr**)exprs.get();
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000711 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000712 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenLoc);
713
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000714 if (Ty->isDependentType() ||
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000715 CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs, NumExprs)) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000716 exprs.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000717
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000718 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo,
Douglas Gregord81e6ca2009-05-20 18:46:25 +0000719 LParenLoc,
720 Exprs, NumExprs,
721 RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000722 }
723
Anders Carlssonbb60a502009-08-27 03:53:50 +0000724 if (Ty->isArrayType())
725 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
726 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
727 if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
728 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
729 PDiag(diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use)
730 << FullRange))
731 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000732
Anders Carlssonbb60a502009-08-27 03:53:50 +0000733 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
734 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
735 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000736
737
Douglas Gregor506ae412009-01-16 18:33:17 +0000738 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000739 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
740 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
741 // corresponding cast expression.
742 //
743 if (NumExprs == 1) {
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +0000744 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +0000745 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000746 CXXCastPath BasePath;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000747 ExprResult CastExpr =
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000748 CheckCastTypes(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
749 TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(), Ty, Exprs[0],
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000750 Kind, VK, BasePath,
751 /*FunctionalStyle=*/true);
752 if (CastExpr.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000753 return ExprError();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000754 Exprs[0] = CastExpr.take();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000755
756 exprs.release();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000757
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000758 return Owned(CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(Context,
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000759 Ty.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +0000760 VK, TInfo, TyBeginLoc, Kind,
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000761 Exprs[0], &BasePath,
762 RParenLoc));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000763 }
764
Douglas Gregor19311e72010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000765 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
766 InitializationKind Kind
767 = NumExprs ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc,
768 LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000769 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc,
Douglas Gregor19311e72010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000770 LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
771 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs, NumExprs);
772 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, move(exprs));
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000773
Douglas Gregor19311e72010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000774 // FIXME: Improve AST representation?
775 return move(Result);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000776}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +0000777
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +0000778/// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
779/// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
780static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
781 QualType allocType) {
782 const RecordType *record =
783 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
784 if (!record) return false;
785
786 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
787
788 DeclarationName deleteName =
789 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
790 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
791 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
792
793 // We're just doing this for information.
794 ops.suppressDiagnostics();
795
796 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
797 if (ops.empty()) return false;
798
799 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
800 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
801 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
802
803 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
804 while (filter.hasNext()) {
805 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
806
807 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
808 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
809 // regardless of its signature.
810 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
811 filter.erase();
812 continue;
813 }
814
815 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
816 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
817 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
818 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
819 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
820 // is a usual deallocation function.
821 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
822 filter.erase();
823 continue;
824 }
825 }
826 filter.done();
827
828 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
829
830 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
831 return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
832}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +0000833
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000834/// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4), as in e.g.:
835/// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
836/// or
837/// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
838/// For the interpretation of this heap of arguments, consult the base version.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000839ExprResult
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000840Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000841 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000842 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000843 Declarator &D, SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000844 MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845 SourceLocation ConstructorRParen) {
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000846 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto;
847
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000848 Expr *ArraySize = 0;
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000849 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
850 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
851 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
852 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000853 if (TypeContainsAuto)
854 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
855 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000856 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000857 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
858 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000859 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000860 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
861 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8ce35b02009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000862
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000863 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
Sebastian Redl8ce35b02009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000864 D.DropFirstTypeObject();
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000865 }
866
Douglas Gregor043cad22009-09-11 00:18:58 +0000867 // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
Sebastian Redl8ce35b02009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000868 if (ArraySize) {
869 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor043cad22009-09-11 00:18:58 +0000870 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
871 break;
872
873 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
874 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
875 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent() &&
876 !NumElts->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
877 Diag(D.getTypeObject(I).Loc, diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
878 << NumElts->getSourceRange();
879 return ExprError();
880 }
881 }
882 }
883 }
Sebastian Redl8ce35b02009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000884
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0b8c98f2011-06-28 03:01:23 +0000885 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/0);
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000886 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
Chris Lattnereaaebc72009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000887 if (D.isInvalidType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000888 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000889
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000890 return BuildCXXNew(StartLoc, UseGlobal,
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000891 PlacementLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000892 move(PlacementArgs),
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000893 PlacementRParen,
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000894 TypeIdParens,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895 AllocType,
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000896 TInfo,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000897 ArraySize,
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000898 ConstructorLParen,
899 move(ConstructorArgs),
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000900 ConstructorRParen,
901 TypeContainsAuto);
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000902}
903
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000904ExprResult
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000905Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
906 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
907 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
908 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000909 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000910 QualType AllocType,
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000911 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000912 Expr *ArraySize,
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000913 SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
914 MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000915 SourceLocation ConstructorRParen,
916 bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000917 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000918
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000919 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
920 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->getContainedAutoType()) {
921 if (ConstructorArgs.size() == 0)
922 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
923 << AllocType << TypeRange);
924 if (ConstructorArgs.size() != 1) {
925 Expr *FirstBad = ConstructorArgs.get()[1];
926 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
927 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
928 << AllocType << TypeRange);
929 }
Richard Smitha085da82011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000930 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
931 if (!DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, ConstructorArgs.get()[0], DeducedType))
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000932 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
933 << AllocType
934 << ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getType()
935 << TypeRange
936 << ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getSourceRange());
Richard Smitha085da82011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000937 if (!DeducedType)
938 return ExprError();
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000939
Richard Smitha085da82011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000940 AllocTypeInfo = DeducedType;
941 AllocType = AllocTypeInfo->getType();
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000942 }
943
Douglas Gregor3caf04e2010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000944 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
945 // typedef of an array type.
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000946 if (!ArraySize) {
Douglas Gregor3caf04e2010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000947 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
948 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9996a7f2010-08-28 09:06:06 +0000949 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
950 Context.getSizeType(),
951 TypeRange.getEnd());
Douglas Gregor3caf04e2010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000952 AllocType = Array->getElementType();
953 }
954 }
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000955
Douglas Gregora0750762010-10-06 16:00:31 +0000956 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
957 return ExprError();
958
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000959 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
960 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
961 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
962 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
963 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
964 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
965 }
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000966
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000967 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
968
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000969 // C++ 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral
970 // or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000971 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000972
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000973 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000974
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000975 ExprResult ConvertedSize
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000976 = ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(StartLoc, ArraySize,
Douglas Gregor6bc574d2010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000977 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_not_integral),
978 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
979 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(),
980 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion),
981 PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
982 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion),
983 PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000984 PDiag(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x? 0
Douglas Gregor6bc574d2010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000985 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion));
986 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
987 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000988
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000989 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.take();
Douglas Gregor6bc574d2010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000990 SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +0000991 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
Douglas Gregor6bc574d2010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000992 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000993
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000994 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand.
995 // We don't care about special rules, so we tell the machinery it's not
996 // evaluated - it gives us a result in more cases.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000997 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
998 llvm::APSInt Value;
999 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, 0, false)) {
1000 if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001001 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
Anders Carlssonac18b2e2009-09-23 00:37:25 +00001002 Value.isUnsigned()))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001003 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor2767ce22010-08-18 00:39:00 +00001004 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001005 << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001006
Douglas Gregor2767ce22010-08-18 00:39:00 +00001007 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1008 unsigned ActiveSizeBits
1009 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1010 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001011 Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor2767ce22010-08-18 00:39:00 +00001012 diag::err_array_too_large)
1013 << Value.toString(10)
1014 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1015 return ExprError();
1016 }
1017 }
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +00001018 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1019 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1020 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1021 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1022 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1023 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001024
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +00001025 TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001026 }
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +00001027 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001028
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001029 // ARC: warn about ABI issues.
1030 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
1031 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1032 if (BaseAllocType.hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime())
1033 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_err_new_delete_object_array)
1034 << 0 << BaseAllocType;
1035 }
1036
John McCall7d166272011-05-15 07:14:44 +00001037 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can
1038 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +00001039 }
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001040
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001041 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = 0;
1042 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001043 Expr **PlaceArgs = (Expr**)PlacementArgs.get();
1044 unsigned NumPlaceArgs = PlacementArgs.size();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001045
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001046 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1047 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs) &&
1048 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001049 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1050 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlaceArgs,
1051 NumPlaceArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001052 return ExprError();
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001053
1054 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1055 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1056 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1057 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1058 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
1059 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1060
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00001061 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian498429f2009-11-19 18:39:40 +00001062 if (OperatorNew) {
1063 // Add default arguments, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001064 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
Fariborz Jahanian498429f2009-11-19 18:39:40 +00001065 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001066 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00001067 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001068
Anders Carlsson28e94832010-05-03 02:07:56 +00001069 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001070 Proto, 1, PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs,
Anders Carlsson28e94832010-05-03 02:07:56 +00001071 AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00001072 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001073
Fariborz Jahanian498429f2009-11-19 18:39:40 +00001074 NumPlaceArgs = AllPlaceArgs.size();
1075 if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
1076 PlaceArgs = &AllPlaceArgs[0];
1077 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001078
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001079 bool Init = ConstructorLParen.isValid();
1080 // --- Choosing a constructor ---
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001081 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001082 Expr **ConsArgs = (Expr**)ConstructorArgs.get();
1083 unsigned NumConsArgs = ConstructorArgs.size();
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00001084 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConvertedConstructorArgs(*this);
Eli Friedmana8ce9ec2009-11-08 22:15:39 +00001085
Anders Carlsson48c95012010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001086 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers.
Anders Carlsson55cbd6e2010-05-16 16:24:20 +00001087 if (NumConsArgs && (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize)) {
Anders Carlsson48c95012010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001088 SourceRange InitRange(ConsArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
1089 ConsArgs[NumConsArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001090
Anders Carlsson48c95012010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001091 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1092 return ExprError();
1093 }
1094
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001095 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1096 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ConsArgs, NumConsArgs)) {
1097 // C++0x [expr.new]p15:
1098 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1099 // object as follows:
1100 InitializationKind Kind
1101 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1102 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1103 // the object has indeterminate value
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001104 = !Init? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001105 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001106 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001107 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001108 ConstructorLParen,
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001109 ConstructorRParen);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001110
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001111 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00001112 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001113 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ConsArgs, NumConsArgs);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001114 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001115 move(ConstructorArgs));
1116 if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1117 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001118
1119 // FullInit is our initializer; walk through it to determine if it's a
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001120 // constructor call, which CXXNewExpr handles directly.
1121 if (Expr *FullInitExpr = (Expr *)FullInit.get()) {
1122 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder
1123 = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInitExpr))
1124 FullInitExpr = Binder->getSubExpr();
1125 if (CXXConstructExpr *Construct
1126 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(FullInitExpr)) {
1127 Constructor = Construct->getConstructor();
1128 for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator A = Construct->arg_begin(),
1129 AEnd = Construct->arg_end();
1130 A != AEnd; ++A)
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00001131 ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(*A);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001132 } else {
1133 // Take the converted initializer.
1134 ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(FullInit.release());
1135 }
1136 } else {
1137 // No initialization required.
1138 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001139
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001140 // Take the converted arguments and use them for the new expression.
Douglas Gregor39da0b82009-09-09 23:08:42 +00001141 NumConsArgs = ConvertedConstructorArgs.size();
1142 ConsArgs = (Expr **)ConvertedConstructorArgs.take();
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001143 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001144
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001145 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1146 if (OperatorNew)
1147 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1148 if (OperatorDelete)
1149 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1150
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001151 // FIXME: Also check that the destructor is accessible. (C++ 5.3.4p16)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001152
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001153 PlacementArgs.release();
1154 ConstructorArgs.release();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001155
Ted Kremenekad7fe862010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001156 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew,
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +00001157 PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs, TypeIdParens,
Ted Kremenekad7fe862010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001158 ArraySize, Constructor, Init,
1159 ConsArgs, NumConsArgs, OperatorDelete,
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001160 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001161 ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1162 StartLoc,
Ted Kremenekad7fe862010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001163 Init ? ConstructorRParen :
Chandler Carruth428edaf2010-10-25 08:47:36 +00001164 TypeRange.getEnd(),
1165 ConstructorLParen, ConstructorRParen));
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001166}
1167
1168/// CheckAllocatedType - Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1169/// in a new-expression.
1170/// dimension off and stores the size expression in ArraySize.
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001171bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001172 SourceRange R) {
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001173 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1174 // abstract class type or array thereof.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001175 if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001176 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1177 << AllocType << 0 << R;
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001178 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001179 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1180 << AllocType << 1 << R;
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001181 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001182 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001183 PDiag(diag::err_new_incomplete_type)
1184 << R))
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001185 return true;
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001186 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001187 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1188 return true;
Douglas Gregora0750762010-10-06 16:00:31 +00001189 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1190 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1191 << AllocType;
Douglas Gregor5666d362011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001192 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1193 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1194 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001195 else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
1196 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
1197 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
1198 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1199 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8b03132011-06-24 00:08:59 +00001200 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001201 << BaseAllocType;
1202 }
1203 }
Douglas Gregor5666d362011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001204
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001205 return false;
1206}
1207
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001208/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1209/// deallocation function.
1210static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(FunctionDecl *FD) {
1211 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1212 return false;
1213
1214 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1215 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1216
1217 return ((FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
1218 FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
1219 FD->getNumParams() == 1);
1220}
1221
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001222/// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1223/// that are appropriate for the allocation.
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001224bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1225 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1226 bool IsArray, Expr **PlaceArgs,
1227 unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001228 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001229 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001230 // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1231 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1232 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1233 // in the scope of the allocated class.
1234 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1235 // operator new.
1236 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1237 // placement form.
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001238
1239 llvm::SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + NumPlaceArgs);
1240 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1241 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1242 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9996a7f2010-08-28 09:06:06 +00001243 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001244 Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0)),
1245 Context.getSizeType(),
1246 SourceLocation());
1247 AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001248 std::copy(PlaceArgs, PlaceArgs + NumPlaceArgs, AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1249
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001250 // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1251 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001252 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001253 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001254 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1255 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001256 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1257 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001258 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1259 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1260
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001261 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1262
1263 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001264 CXXRecordDecl *Record
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001265 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001266 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001267 AllocArgs.size(), Record, /*AllowMissing=*/true,
1268 OperatorNew))
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001269 return true;
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001270 }
1271 if (!OperatorNew) {
1272 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1273 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001274 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001275 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001276 AllocArgs.size(), TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
1277 OperatorNew))
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001278 return true;
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001279 }
1280
John McCall9c82afc2010-04-20 02:18:25 +00001281 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
1282 // -fno-exceptions.
1283 if (!getLangOptions().Exceptions) {
1284 OperatorDelete = 0;
1285 return false;
1286 }
1287
Anders Carlssond9583892009-05-31 20:26:12 +00001288 // FindAllocationOverload can change the passed in arguments, so we need to
1289 // copy them back.
1290 if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
1291 std::copy(&AllocArgs[1], AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001292
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001293 // C++ [expr.new]p19:
1294 //
1295 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001296 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001297 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001298 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001299 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
1300 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001301 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001302 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001303 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001304 CXXRecordDecl *RD
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001305 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001306 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
1307 }
John McCall90c8c572010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001308 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
1309 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001310
1311 if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
1312 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1313 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
1314 }
1315
1316 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001317
1318 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
1319
John McCalledeb6c92010-09-14 21:34:24 +00001320 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
1321 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
1322 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like
1323 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
1324 // A *a = new A()
1325 bool isPlacementNew = (NumPlaceArgs > 0 || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
1326
1327 if (isPlacementNew) {
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001328 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1329 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
1330 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
1331 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
1332 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
1333 // identical. [...]
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001334 //
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001335 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
1336 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
1337 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001338 //
1339 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001340 QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
1341 {
1342 const FunctionProtoType *Proto
1343 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001344
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001345 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001346 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001347 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumArgs(); I < N; ++I)
1348 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getArgType(I));
1349
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001350 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
1351 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
1352
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001353 ExpectedFunctionType
1354 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes.data(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001355 ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001356 }
1357
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001358 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001359 DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1360 D != DEnd; ++D) {
1361 FunctionDecl *Fn = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001362 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001363 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
1364 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
1365 // expected function type.
1366 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, StartLoc);
1367 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, 0, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, Info))
1368 continue;
1369 } else
1370 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
1371
1372 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001373 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001374 }
1375 } else {
1376 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1377 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
1378 // non-placement allocation function. [...]
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001379 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001380 DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1381 D != DEnd; ++D) {
1382 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1383 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Fn))
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001384 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001385 }
1386 }
1387
1388 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1389 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
1390 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
1391 // deallocation function will be called.
1392 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001393 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001394
1395 // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
1396 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
1397 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
1398 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been
1399 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
1400 // is ill-formed.
1401 if (NumPlaceArgs && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
1402 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(OperatorDelete)) {
1403 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001404 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001405 PlaceArgs[NumPlaceArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
1406 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1407 << DeleteName;
John McCall90c8c572010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001408 } else {
1409 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001410 Matches[0].first);
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001411 }
1412 }
1413
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001414 return false;
1415}
1416
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001417/// FindAllocationOverload - Find an fitting overload for the allocation
1418/// function in the specified scope.
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001419bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1420 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
1421 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001422 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
1423 bool Diagnose) {
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001424 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1425 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001426 if (R.empty()) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001427 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001428 return false;
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001429 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00001430 << Name << Range;
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001431 }
1432
John McCall90c8c572010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001433 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1434 return true;
1435
1436 R.suppressDiagnostics();
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001437
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00001438 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001439 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor5d64e5b2009-09-30 00:03:47 +00001440 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001441 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
1442 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001443 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001444
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001445 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
1446 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001447 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/0, Args, NumArgs,
1448 Candidates,
1449 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor90916562009-09-29 18:16:17 +00001450 continue;
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001451 }
1452
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001453 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1454 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, Candidates,
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001455 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001456 }
1457
1458 // Do the resolution.
1459 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall120d63c2010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001460 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001461 case OR_Success: {
1462 // Got one!
1463 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Chandler Carruth25ca4212011-02-25 19:41:05 +00001464 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, FnDecl);
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001465 // The first argument is size_t, and the first parameter must be size_t,
1466 // too. This is checked on declaration and can be assumed. (It can't be
1467 // asserted on, though, since invalid decls are left in there.)
John McCall90c8c572010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001468 // Watch out for variadic allocator function.
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00001469 unsigned NumArgsInFnDecl = FnDecl->getNumParams();
1470 for (unsigned i = 0; (i < NumArgs && i < NumArgsInFnDecl); ++i) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001471 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
1472 FnDecl->getParamDecl(i));
1473
1474 if (!Diagnose && !CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, Owned(Args[i])))
1475 return true;
1476
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001477 ExprResult Result
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001478 = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[i]));
Douglas Gregor29ecaba2010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001479 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001480 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001481
Douglas Gregor29ecaba2010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001482 Args[i] = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001483 }
1484 Operator = FnDecl;
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001485 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), Best->FoundDecl,
1486 Diagnose);
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001487 return false;
1488 }
1489
1490 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001491 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001492 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
1493 << Name << Range;
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001494 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
1495 }
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001496 return true;
1497
1498 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001499 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001500 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
1501 << Name << Range;
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001502 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
1503 }
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001504 return true;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001505
Douglas Gregor0a0d2b12011-03-23 00:50:03 +00001506 case OR_Deleted: {
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001507 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001508 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
1509 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1510 << Name
1511 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
1512 << Range;
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001513 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
1514 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001515 return true;
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001516 }
Douglas Gregor0a0d2b12011-03-23 00:50:03 +00001517 }
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001518 assert(false && "Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
1519 return true;
1520}
1521
1522
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001523/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
1524/// delete. These are:
1525/// @code
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001526/// // C++03:
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001527/// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1528/// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1529/// void operator delete(void *) throw();
1530/// void operator delete[](void *) throw();
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001531/// // C++0x:
1532/// void* operator new(std::size_t);
1533/// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
1534/// void operator delete(void *);
1535/// void operator delete[](void *);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001536/// @endcode
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001537/// C++0x operator delete is implicitly noexcept.
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001538/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
1539/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001540void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001541 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
1542 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001543
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001544 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001545 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
1546 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001547 // program
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001548 //
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001549 // C++03:
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001550 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001551 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1552 // void operator delete(void*) throw();
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001553 // void operator delete[](void*) throw();
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001554 // C++0x:
1555 // void* operator new(std::size_t);
1556 // void* operator new[](std::size_t);
1557 // void operator delete(void*);
1558 // void operator delete[](void*);
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001559 //
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001560 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001561 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
1562 //
1563 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
1564 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
1565 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
1566 // lookup.
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001567 // Note that the C++0x versions of operator delete are deallocation functions,
1568 // and thus are implicitly noexcept.
1569 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001570 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
1571 // implicitly.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001572 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
1573 getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00001574 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001575 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00001576 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis76c38d32010-08-02 07:14:54 +00001577 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001578 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001579
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001580 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
1581
1582 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
1583 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001584 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOptions().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001585
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001586 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1587 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001588 VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001589 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1590 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001591 VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001592 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1593 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
1594 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
1595 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1596 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
1597 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
1598}
1599
1600/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
1601/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
1602void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001603 QualType Return, QualType Argument,
1604 bool AddMallocAttr) {
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001605 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1606
1607 // Check if this function is already declared.
Douglas Gregor6ed40e32008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001608 {
Douglas Gregor5cc37092008-12-23 22:05:29 +00001609 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc, AllocEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001610 for (llvm::tie(Alloc, AllocEnd) = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
Douglas Gregor6ed40e32008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001611 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001612 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
1613 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
1614 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
1615 QualType InitialParamType =
Douglas Gregor6e790ab2009-12-22 23:42:49 +00001616 Context.getCanonicalType(
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001617 Func->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
1618 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
Douglas Gregor7b868622010-08-18 15:06:25 +00001619 if (Func->getNumParams() == 1 && InitialParamType == Argument) {
1620 if(AddMallocAttr && !Func->hasAttr<MallocAttr>())
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001621 Func->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001622 return;
Douglas Gregor7b868622010-08-18 15:06:25 +00001623 }
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001624 }
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001625 }
1626 }
1627
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001628 QualType BadAllocType;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001629 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001630 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
1631 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001632 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001633 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis76c38d32010-08-02 07:14:54 +00001634 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001635 }
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001636
1637 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001638 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001639 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
1640 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_Dynamic;
1641 EPI.NumExceptions = 1;
1642 EPI.Exceptions = &BadAllocType;
1643 }
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00001644 } else {
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001645 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ?
1646 EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001647 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001648
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001649 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, &Argument, 1, EPI);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001650 FunctionDecl *Alloc =
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00001651 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
1652 SourceLocation(), Name,
John McCalld931b082010-08-26 03:08:43 +00001653 FnType, /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None,
1654 SC_None, false, true);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001655 Alloc->setImplicit();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001656
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001657 if (AddMallocAttr)
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001658 Alloc->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001659
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001660 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00001661 SourceLocation(), 0,
1662 Argument, /*TInfo=*/0,
1663 SC_None, SC_None, 0);
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00001664 Alloc->setParams(&Param, 1);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001665
Douglas Gregor6ed40e32008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001666 // FIXME: Also add this declaration to the IdentifierResolver, but
1667 // make sure it is at the end of the chain to coincide with the
1668 // global scope.
John McCall5f1e0942010-08-24 08:50:51 +00001669 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001670}
1671
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001672bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
1673 DeclarationName Name,
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001674 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001675 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001676 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001677 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001678
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001679 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001680 return true;
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001681
Chandler Carruth23893242010-06-28 00:30:51 +00001682 Found.suppressDiagnostics();
1683
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001684 llvm::SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001685 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
1686 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Chandler Carruth09556fd2010-08-08 07:04:00 +00001687 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1688
1689 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
1690 // deallocation function.
1691 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
1692 continue;
1693
1694 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001695 Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
1696 }
1697
1698 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it.
1699 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
1700 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001701
1702 if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
1703 if (Diagnose) {
1704 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
1705 Diag(Operator->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
1706 }
1707 return true;
1708 }
1709
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001710 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001711 Matches[0], Diagnose);
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001712 return false;
1713
1714 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
1715 } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001716 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Huntcb45a0f2011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001717 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
1718 << Name << RD;
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001719
Sean Huntcb45a0f2011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001720 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
1721 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
1722 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
1723 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
1724 }
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001725 return true;
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001726 }
1727
1728 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
1729 // none of them were suitable.
1730 if (!Found.empty()) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001731 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Huntcb45a0f2011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001732 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
1733 << Name << RD;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001734
Sean Huntcb45a0f2011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001735 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
1736 F != FEnd; ++F)
1737 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
1738 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
1739 }
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001740 return true;
1741 }
1742
1743 // Look for a global declaration.
1744 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1745 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001746
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001747 CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr Null(Context.VoidPtrTy, SourceLocation());
1748 Expr* DeallocArgs[1];
1749 DeallocArgs[0] = &Null;
1750 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Name,
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001751 DeallocArgs, 1, TUDecl, !Diagnose,
1752 Operator, Diagnose))
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001753 return true;
1754
1755 assert(Operator && "Did not find a deallocation function!");
1756 return false;
1757}
1758
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001759/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
1760/// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
1761/// or
1762/// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001763ExprResult
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001764Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001765 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001766 // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
1767 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
1768 // conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type void.
1769 //
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001770 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
1771
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001772 ExprResult Ex = Owned(ExE);
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001773 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4076dac2010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001774 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001775 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001776
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001777 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
1778 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001779
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001780 if (const RecordType *Record = Type->getAs<RecordType>()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001781 if (RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Type,
Douglas Gregor254a9422010-07-29 14:44:35 +00001782 PDiag(diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type)))
1783 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001784
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001785 llvm::SmallVector<CXXConversionDecl*, 4> ObjectPtrConversions;
1786
Fariborz Jahanian53462782009-09-11 21:44:33 +00001787 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001788 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions = RD->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001789 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001790 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001791 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
1792 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1793 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1794
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001795 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't considered.
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001796 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001797 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001798
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001799 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001800
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001801 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
1802 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
Eli Friedman13578692010-08-05 02:49:48 +00001803 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Fariborz Jahanian8b915e72009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001804 ObjectPtrConversions.push_back(Conv);
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001805 }
Fariborz Jahanian8b915e72009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001806 if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() == 1) {
1807 // We have a single conversion to a pointer-to-object type. Perform
1808 // that conversion.
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001809 // TODO: don't redo the conversion calculation.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001810 ExprResult Res =
1811 PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(),
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001812 ObjectPtrConversions.front()->getConversionType(),
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001813 AA_Converting);
1814 if (Res.isUsable()) {
1815 Ex = move(Res);
1816 Type = Ex.get()->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian8b915e72009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001817 }
1818 }
1819 else if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() > 1) {
1820 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001821 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001822 for (unsigned i= 0; i < ObjectPtrConversions.size(); i++)
1823 NoteOverloadCandidate(ObjectPtrConversions[i]);
Fariborz Jahanian8b915e72009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001824 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001825 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001826 }
1827
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001828 if (!Type->isPointerType())
1829 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001830 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001831
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001832 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor94a61572010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001833 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001834 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
Douglas Gregor94a61572010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001835 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
1836 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
1837 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001838 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor94a61572010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001839 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001840 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001841 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00001842 else if (!Pointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001843 RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001844 PDiag(diag::warn_delete_incomplete)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001845 << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00001846 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5666d362011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001847 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
1848 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
1849 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
1850 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
Douglas Gregor1070c9f2009-09-29 21:38:53 +00001851 // C++ [expr.delete]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001852 // [Note: a pointer to a const type can be the operand of a
1853 // delete-expression; it is not necessary to cast away the constness
1854 // (5.2.11) of the pointer expression before it is used as the operand
Douglas Gregor1070c9f2009-09-29 21:38:53 +00001855 // of the delete-expression. ]
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001856 if (!Context.hasSameType(Ex.get()->getType(), Context.VoidPtrTy))
1857 Ex = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, Context.VoidPtrTy, CK_NoOp,
1858 Ex.take(), 0, VK_RValue));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4076dac2010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001859
1860 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
1861 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001862 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4076dac2010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001863 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
1864 ArrayForm = true;
1865 }
1866
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001867 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1868 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1869
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001870 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
1871 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001872 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
1873
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001874 if (!UseGlobal &&
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001875 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, RD, DeleteName, OperatorDelete))
Anders Carlsson0ba63ea2009-11-14 03:17:38 +00001876 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001877
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001878 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
1879 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
1880 if (ArrayForm) {
1881 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
1882 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
1883 if (UseGlobal)
1884 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
1885 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
1886
1887 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
1888 // function we just found.
1889 else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
1890 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
1891 }
1892
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001893 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
Douglas Gregor9b623632010-10-12 23:32:35 +00001894 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001895 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian34374e62009-09-03 23:18:17 +00001896 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
Douglas Gregor9b623632010-10-12 23:32:35 +00001897 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc);
1898 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6f0074a2011-05-24 19:53:26 +00001899
1900 // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
1901 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
1902 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
1903 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
1904 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
1905 // behavior is undefined.
1906 //
1907 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
1908 if (!ArrayForm && RD->isPolymorphic() && !RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
1909 CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = RD->getDestructor();
1910 if (!dtor || !dtor->isVirtual())
1911 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem;
1912 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001913
1914 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1915 PointeeElem->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
1916 (PointeeElem.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
1917 PointeeElem.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) &&
1918 ArrayForm) {
1919 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_err_new_delete_object_array)
1920 << 1 << PointeeElem;
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001921 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001922
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001923 if (!OperatorDelete) {
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001924 // Look for a global declaration.
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001925 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1926 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001927 Expr *Arg = Ex.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001928 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), DeleteName,
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001929 &Arg, 1, TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001930 OperatorDelete))
1931 return ExprError();
1932 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933
John McCall9c82afc2010-04-20 02:18:25 +00001934 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001935
Douglas Gregord880f522011-02-01 15:50:11 +00001936 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
1937 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1938 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
1939 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001940 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
Douglas Gregord880f522011-02-01 15:50:11 +00001941 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
1942 }
1943 }
1944
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001945 }
1946
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001947 return Owned(new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm,
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001948 ArrayFormAsWritten,
1949 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001950 OperatorDelete, Ex.take(), StartLoc));
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001951}
1952
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001953/// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
1954/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001955ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00001956 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
1957 bool ConvertToBoolean) {
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001958 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001959
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001960 // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
1961 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
1962 if (T->isFunctionType())
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001963 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001964 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
1965 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
1966 else if (T->isArrayType())
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001967 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001968 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
1969 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregora7605db2009-11-24 16:07:02 +00001970
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001971 ExprResult Condition =
1972 Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
Douglas Gregor40d96a62011-02-28 21:54:11 +00001973 ConditionVar,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001974 ConditionVar->getLocation(),
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00001975 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001976 VK_LValue));
1977 if (ConvertToBoolean) {
1978 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.take(), StmtLoc);
1979 if (Condition.isInvalid())
1980 return ExprError();
1981 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001982
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001983 return move(Condition);
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001984}
1985
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001986/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001987ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001988 // C++ 6.4p4:
1989 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
1990 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
1991 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
1992 // program is ill-formed.
1993 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
1994 // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
1995 //
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001996 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001997}
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001998
1999/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
2000/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
2001/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
2002/// respectively).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002003bool
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00002004Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
2005 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
2006 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
2007 From = Cast->getSubExpr();
2008
2009 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
2010 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
2011 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
2012 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
Douglas Gregor1984eb92010-06-22 23:47:37 +00002013 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002014 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002016 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00002017 // This conversion is considered only when there is an
2018 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002019 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers() &&
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00002020 ((StrLit->isWide() && ToPointeeType->isWideCharType()) ||
2021 (!StrLit->isWide() &&
2022 (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
2023 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S))))
2024 return true;
2025 }
2026
2027 return false;
2028}
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002029
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002030static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002031 SourceLocation CastLoc,
2032 QualType Ty,
2033 CastKind Kind,
2034 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
Douglas Gregor83eecbe2011-01-20 01:32:05 +00002035 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002036 Expr *From) {
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002037 switch (Kind) {
2038 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled cast kind!");
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002039 case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00002040 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(S);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002041
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002042 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
John McCallf312b1e2010-08-26 23:41:50 +00002043 MultiExprArg(&From, 1),
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002044 CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
John McCallf312b1e2010-08-26 23:41:50 +00002045 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002046
2047 ExprResult Result =
2048 S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
John McCall7a1fad32010-08-24 07:32:53 +00002049 move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
Chandler Carruth428edaf2010-10-25 08:47:36 +00002050 /*ZeroInit*/ false, CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
2051 SourceRange());
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002052 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallf312b1e2010-08-26 23:41:50 +00002053 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002054
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002055 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.takeAs<Expr>());
2056 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002057
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002058 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002059 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002060
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002061 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
Douglas Gregor83eecbe2011-01-20 01:32:05 +00002062 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregorf2ae5262011-01-20 00:18:04 +00002063 if (Result.isInvalid())
2064 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002065
Douglas Gregorf2ae5262011-01-20 00:18:04 +00002066 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002067 }
2068 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002069}
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002070
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002071/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
2072/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002073/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002074/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002075/// used in the error message.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002076ExprResult
2077Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002078 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002079 AssignmentAction Action,
2080 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002081 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002082 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
2083 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002084 Action, CCK);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002085 if (Res.isInvalid())
2086 return ExprError();
2087 From = Res.take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002088 break;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002089 }
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002090
Anders Carlssonf6c213a2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00002091 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002092
Fariborz Jahanian7fe5d722009-08-28 22:04:50 +00002093 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002094 CastKind CastKind;
Anders Carlssonf6c213a2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00002095 QualType BeforeToType;
2096 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002097 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002098
Anders Carlssonf6c213a2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00002099 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
2100 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
2101 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
2102 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
John McCall9ec94452010-12-04 09:57:16 +00002103 } else {
2104 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002105 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002106 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
Douglas Gregore44201a2009-11-20 02:31:03 +00002107 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002108 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002109 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to the
2110 // type required by the argument of the constructor
Douglas Gregore44201a2009-11-20 02:31:03 +00002111 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2112 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002113 }
Douglas Gregora3998bd2010-12-02 21:47:04 +00002114 // Watch out for elipsis conversion.
Fariborz Jahanian4c0cea22009-11-06 00:55:14 +00002115 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002116 ExprResult Res =
2117 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
2118 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002119 CCK);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002120 if (Res.isInvalid())
2121 return ExprError();
2122 From = Res.take();
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002123 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002124
2125 ExprResult CastArg
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002126 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
2127 From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00002128 ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregor83eecbe2011-01-20 01:32:05 +00002129 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
2130 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002131 From);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00002132
2133 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002134 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmand8889622009-11-27 04:41:50 +00002135
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002136 From = CastArg.take();
Eli Friedmand8889622009-11-27 04:41:50 +00002137
Eli Friedmand8889622009-11-27 04:41:50 +00002138 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002139 AA_Converting, CCK);
Fariborz Jahanian93034ca2009-10-16 19:20:59 +00002140 }
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002141
2142 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
John McCall120d63c2010-08-24 20:38:10 +00002143 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002144 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
2145 << From->getSourceRange());
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002146 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002147
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002148 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
2149 assert(false && "Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002150 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002151
2152 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002153 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002154 }
2155
2156 // Everything went well.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002157 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002158}
2159
2160/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
2161/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002162/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002163/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
2164/// conversion, for use in error messages.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002165ExprResult
2166Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002167 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002168 AssignmentAction Action,
2169 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
2170 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
2171
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002172 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
2173 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
2174 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
2175 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002176 QualType FromType = From->getType();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002177
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002178 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
Anders Carlsson7c3e8a12009-05-19 04:45:15 +00002179 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
2180 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
Fariborz Jahanianb3c47742009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002181 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00002182 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(*this);
Fariborz Jahanianb3c47742009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002183 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00002184 MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002185 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanianb3c47742009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002186 ConstructorArgs))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002187 return ExprError();
2188 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
2189 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
2190 move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
2191 /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2192 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
2193 SourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb3c47742009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002194 }
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002195 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
2196 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
2197 MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
2198 /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2199 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
2200 SourceRange());
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002201 }
2202
Douglas Gregorad4e02f2010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002203 // Resolve overloaded function references.
2204 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
2205 DeclAccessPair Found;
2206 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
2207 true, Found);
2208 if (!Fn)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002209 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorad4e02f2010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002210
2211 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002212 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002213
Douglas Gregorad4e02f2010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002214 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
2215 FromType = From->getType();
2216 }
2217
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002218 // Perform the first implicit conversion.
2219 switch (SCS.First) {
2220 case ICK_Identity:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002221 // Nothing to do.
2222 break;
2223
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002224 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
2225 // Should this get its own ICK?
2226 if (From->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002227 ExprResult FromRes = ConvertPropertyForRValue(From);
2228 if (FromRes.isInvalid())
2229 return ExprError();
2230 From = FromRes.take();
John McCall241d5582010-12-07 22:54:16 +00002231 if (!From->isGLValue()) break;
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002232 }
2233
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00002234 // Check for trivial buffer overflows.
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00002235 CheckArrayAccess(From);
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00002236
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002237 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
2238 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_LValueToRValue,
2239 From, 0, VK_RValue);
2240 break;
2241
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002242 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002243 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002244 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
2245 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002246 break;
2247
2248 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002249 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002250 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
2251 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002252 break;
2253
2254 default:
2255 assert(false && "Improper first standard conversion");
2256 break;
2257 }
2258
2259 // Perform the second implicit conversion
2260 switch (SCS.Second) {
2261 case ICK_Identity:
Sebastian Redl2c7588f2009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002262 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
2263 // be incompatible exception declarations.
2264 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002265 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl2c7588f2009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002266 // Nothing else to do.
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002267 break;
2268
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00002269 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
2270 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
2271 // be incompatible exception declarations.
2272 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002273 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002274
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002275 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
2276 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00002277 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002278
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002279 case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002280 case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002281 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
2282 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002283 break;
2284
2285 case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002286 case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002287 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
2288 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002289 break;
2290
2291 case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002292 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
2293 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
2294 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
2295 CastKind CK;
2296 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
2297 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
2298 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
2299 else
2300 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
2301 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
2302 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
2303 } else {
2304 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
2305 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002306 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
2307 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002308 break;
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002309 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002310
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002311 case ICK_Floating_Integral:
Douglas Gregor0c293ea2010-06-22 23:07:26 +00002312 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002313 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
2314 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002315 else
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002316 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
2317 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002318 break;
2319
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002320 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002321 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
2322 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002323 break;
2324
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002325 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002326 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
Douglas Gregora3998bd2010-12-02 21:47:04 +00002327 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002328 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
Douglas Gregor8cf0d222011-06-11 04:42:12 +00002329 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
Fariborz Jahanian84950c72011-03-21 19:08:42 +00002330 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2331 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
2332 << ToType << From->getType() << Action
2333 << From->getSourceRange();
2334 else
2335 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2336 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
2337 << From->getType() << ToType << Action
2338 << From->getSourceRange();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002339
Douglas Gregor926df6c2011-06-11 01:09:30 +00002340 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2341 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2342 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002343 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002344
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002345 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002346 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Douglas Gregor14d0aee2011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002347 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002348 return ExprError();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002349 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
2350 .take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002351 break;
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002352 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002353
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002354 case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002355 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002356 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Douglas Gregor14d0aee2011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002357 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002358 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl2c7588f2009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002359 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002360 return ExprError();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002361 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
2362 .take();
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002363 break;
2364 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002365
Abramo Bagnara737d5442011-04-07 09:26:19 +00002366 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002367 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002368 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
2369 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002370 break;
2371
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002372 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002373 CXXCastPath BasePath;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002374 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
Douglas Gregorb7a86f52009-11-06 01:02:41 +00002375 ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
2376 From->getLocStart(),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002377 From->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002378 &BasePath,
Douglas Gregor14d0aee2011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002379 CStyle))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002380 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002381
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002382 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002383 CK_DerivedToBase, CastCategory(From),
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002384 &BasePath, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregorb7a86f52009-11-06 01:02:41 +00002385 break;
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002386 }
2387
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002388 case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002389 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
2390 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002391 break;
2392
2393 case ICK_Vector_Splat:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002394 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat,
2395 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002396 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002397
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002398 case ICK_Complex_Real:
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002399 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y
2400 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
2401 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
2402 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
2403
2404 // x -> y
2405 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
2406 // do nothing
2407 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002408 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
2409 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002410 } else {
2411 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002412 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
2413 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002414 }
2415 // y -> _Complex y
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002416 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002417 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002418 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002419
2420 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y
2421 } else {
2422 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
2423 assert(FromComplex);
2424
2425 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
2426 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
2427
2428 // _Complex x -> x
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002429 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002430 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002431 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
2432 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002433
2434 // x -> y
2435 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
2436 // do nothing
2437 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002438 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002439 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
2440 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002441 } else {
2442 assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002443 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002444 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
2445 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002446 }
2447 }
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002448 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane3c8c642011-02-12 19:07:46 +00002449
2450 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002451 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
2452 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
2453 break;
2454 }
Fariborz Jahaniane3c8c642011-02-12 19:07:46 +00002455
Fariborz Jahaniand97f5582011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002456 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002457 ExprResult FromRes = Owned(From);
Fariborz Jahaniand97f5582011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002458 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002459 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
2460 if (FromRes.isInvalid())
2461 return ExprError();
2462 From = FromRes.take();
Fariborz Jahaniand97f5582011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002463 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
2464 "Improper transparent union conversion");
2465 (void)ConvTy;
2466 break;
2467 }
2468
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002469 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
2470 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
2471 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
2472 case ICK_Qualification:
2473 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002474 assert(false && "Improper second standard conversion");
2475 break;
2476 }
2477
2478 switch (SCS.Third) {
2479 case ICK_Identity:
2480 // Nothing to do.
2481 break;
2482
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00002483 case ICK_Qualification: {
2484 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
2485 // target type isn't a reference.
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00002486 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
2487 CastCategory(From) : VK_RValue;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002488 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002489 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregora9bff302010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002490
Douglas Gregor069a6da2011-03-14 16:13:32 +00002491 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
2492 !getLangOptions().WritableStrings)
Douglas Gregora9bff302010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002493 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
2494 << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
2495
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002496 break;
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00002497 }
2498
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002499 default:
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002500 assert(false && "Improper third standard conversion");
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002501 break;
2502 }
2503
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002504 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002505}
2506
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002507ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
Douglas Gregor3d37c0a2010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002508 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2509 ParsedType Ty,
2510 SourceLocation RParen) {
2511 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
2512 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002513
Douglas Gregor3d37c0a2010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002514 if (!TSInfo)
2515 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002516 return BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UTT, KWLoc, TSInfo, RParen);
Douglas Gregor3d37c0a2010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002517}
2518
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002519/// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
2520///
2521/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
2522/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
2523/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
2524/// returns true.
2525static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S,
2526 UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
2527 SourceLocation Loc,
2528 QualType ArgTy) {
2529 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
2530 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
2531 // that template with a template argument that is a class template
2532 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
2533 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
2534 // must be a complete type.
2535 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
2536 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
2537 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
2538 switch (UTT) {
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002539 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
2540 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002541 // Fall-through
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002542
2543 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
2544 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
2545 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
2546 // impacted by the completeness of the type.
2547 case UTT_IsVoid:
2548 case UTT_IsIntegral:
2549 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
2550 case UTT_IsArray:
2551 case UTT_IsPointer:
2552 case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
2553 case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
2554 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
2555 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
2556 case UTT_IsEnum:
2557 case UTT_IsUnion:
2558 case UTT_IsClass:
2559 case UTT_IsFunction:
2560 case UTT_IsReference:
2561 case UTT_IsArithmetic:
2562 case UTT_IsFundamental:
2563 case UTT_IsObject:
2564 case UTT_IsScalar:
2565 case UTT_IsCompound:
2566 case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002567 // Fall-through
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002568
2569 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
2570 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
2571 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
2572 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
2573 // Table 49.
2574 case UTT_IsConst:
2575 case UTT_IsVolatile:
2576 case UTT_IsSigned:
2577 case UTT_IsUnsigned:
2578 return true;
2579
2580 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002581 // applied to a complete type.
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002582 case UTT_IsTrivial:
Sean Huntfeb375d2011-05-13 00:31:07 +00002583 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002584 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
2585 case UTT_IsPOD:
2586 case UTT_IsLiteral:
2587 case UTT_IsEmpty:
2588 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
2589 case UTT_IsAbstract:
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002590 // Fall-through
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002591
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002592 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002593 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
2594 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
2595 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
2596 // requiring the complete type.
2597 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
2598 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
2599 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
2600 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002601 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002602 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
2603 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
2604 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
2605 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
2606 QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
2607 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
2608 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
2609
2610 // The void type is expressly allowed.
2611 if (ElTy->isVoidType())
2612 return true;
2613
2614 return !S.RequireCompleteType(
2615 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002616 }
Chandler Carruth73e0a912011-05-01 07:23:17 +00002617 llvm_unreachable("Type trait not handled by switch");
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002618}
2619
2620static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
2621 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
Chandler Carruthd064c702011-05-01 08:41:10 +00002622 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002623
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002624 ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
2625 switch(UTT) {
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002626 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
2627 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
2628 case UTT_IsVoid:
2629 return T->isVoidType();
2630 case UTT_IsIntegral:
2631 return T->isIntegralType(C);
2632 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
2633 return T->isFloatingType();
2634 case UTT_IsArray:
2635 return T->isArrayType();
2636 case UTT_IsPointer:
2637 return T->isPointerType();
2638 case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
2639 return T->isLValueReferenceType();
2640 case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
2641 return T->isRValueReferenceType();
2642 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
2643 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
2644 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
2645 return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
2646 case UTT_IsEnum:
2647 return T->isEnumeralType();
Chandler Carruth28eeb382011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002648 case UTT_IsUnion:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002649 return T->isUnionType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002650 case UTT_IsClass:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002651 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002652 case UTT_IsFunction:
2653 return T->isFunctionType();
2654
2655 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
2656 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
2657 case UTT_IsReference:
2658 return T->isReferenceType();
2659 case UTT_IsArithmetic:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002660 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002661 case UTT_IsFundamental:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002662 return T->isFundamentalType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002663 case UTT_IsObject:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002664 return T->isObjectType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002665 case UTT_IsScalar:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002666 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
2667 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
2668 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
2669 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
2670 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
2671 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
2672 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2673 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2674 return true;
2675
2676 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2677 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2678 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2679 return false;
2680 }
2681 }
2682
Chandler Carruthcec0ced2011-05-01 09:29:55 +00002683 return T->isScalarType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002684 case UTT_IsCompound:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002685 return T->isCompoundType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002686 case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
2687 return T->isMemberPointerType();
2688
2689 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
2690 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
2691 case UTT_IsConst:
2692 return T.isConstQualified();
2693 case UTT_IsVolatile:
2694 return T.isVolatileQualified();
2695 case UTT_IsTrivial:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002696 return T.isTrivialType(Self.Context);
Sean Huntfeb375d2011-05-13 00:31:07 +00002697 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002698 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Self.Context);
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002699 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
2700 return T->isStandardLayoutType();
2701 case UTT_IsPOD:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002702 return T.isPODType(Self.Context);
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002703 case UTT_IsLiteral:
2704 return T->isLiteralType();
2705 case UTT_IsEmpty:
2706 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2707 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
2708 return false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002709 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
Chandler Carruth28eeb382011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002710 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2711 return RD->isPolymorphic();
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002712 return false;
2713 case UTT_IsAbstract:
Chandler Carruth28eeb382011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002714 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2715 return RD->isAbstract();
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002716 return false;
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002717 case UTT_IsSigned:
2718 return T->isSignedIntegerType();
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002719 case UTT_IsUnsigned:
2720 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002721
2722 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
2723 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
2724 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
2725 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
2726 // specifications.
2727 //
2728 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
2729 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002730 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002731 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2732 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
2733 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
2734 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002735 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002736 return true;
2737 if (const RecordType *RT =
2738 C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002739 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002740 return false;
2741 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
2742 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2743 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
2744 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
2745 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
2746 // is true, else it is false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002747 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002748 return true;
2749 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2750 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyConstructor();
2751 return false;
2752 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
2753 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2754 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
2755 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
2756 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
2757 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
2758 // true, else it is false.
2759 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
2760 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
2761 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
2762 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
2763 // [class.copy]p12).
2764
2765 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
2766 return false;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002767 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002768 return true;
2769 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2770 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyAssignment();
2771 return false;
2772 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
2773 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2774 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
2775 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
2776 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
2777 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
2778 // false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002779 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002780 return true;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002781
2782 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
2783 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
2784 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
2785 return true;
2786
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002787 if (const RecordType *RT =
2788 C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
2789 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDestructor();
2790 return false;
2791 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
2792 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
2793 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2794 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
2795 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
2796 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
2797 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
2798 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
2799 // false.
2800 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
2801 return false;
2802 if (T->isReferenceType())
2803 return false;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002804 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
2805 return true;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002806 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2807 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2808 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
2809 return true;
2810
2811 bool FoundAssign = false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002812 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Sebastian Redlf8aca862010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002813 LookupResult Res(Self, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, KeyLoc),
2814 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
2815 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
2816 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
2817 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
2818 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
2819 if (Operator->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2820 FoundAssign = true;
2821 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2822 = Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002823 if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
2824 return false;
2825 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context))
2826 return false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002827 }
2828 }
2829 }
2830
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002831 return FoundAssign;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002832 }
2833 return false;
2834 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
2835 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2836 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
2837 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
2838 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
2839 // false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002840 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002841 return true;
2842 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2843 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2844 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
2845 return true;
2846
2847 bool FoundConstructor = false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002848 unsigned FoundTQs;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002849 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Sebastian Redl5f4e8992010-09-13 21:10:20 +00002850 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002851 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Sebastian Redl08295a52010-09-13 22:18:28 +00002852 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
2853 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
2854 // resolution point.
2855 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
2856 continue;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002857 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
2858 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
2859 FoundConstructor = true;
2860 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2861 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002862 if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
2863 return false;
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002864 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002865 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002866 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumArgs() > 1)
2867 return false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002868 }
2869 }
2870
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002871 return FoundConstructor;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002872 }
2873 return false;
2874 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
2875 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2876 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
2877 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
2878 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
2879 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002880 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002881 return true;
2882 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2883 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002884 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002885 return true;
2886
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002887 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
2888 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
2889 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Sebastian Redl08295a52010-09-13 22:18:28 +00002890 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
2891 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
2892 continue;
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002893 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
2894 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
2895 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2896 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002897 if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
2898 return false;
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002899 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
2900 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002901 return CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) && CPT->getNumArgs() == 0;
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002902 }
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002903 }
2904 }
2905 return false;
2906 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
2907 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2908 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
2909 // then the trait is true, else it is false.
2910 if (const RecordType *Record = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2911 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
Sebastian Redlf8aca862010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002912 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002913 return Destructor->isVirtual();
2914 }
2915 return false;
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002916
2917 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
2918 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
2919 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
2920 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
2921 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
2922 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
2923 // function call.
2924 return !T->isIncompleteType();
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002925 }
Chandler Carruth83f563c2011-05-01 07:44:17 +00002926 llvm_unreachable("Type trait not covered by switch");
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002927}
2928
2929ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
Douglas Gregor3d37c0a2010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002930 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2931 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2932 SourceLocation RParen) {
2933 QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
Chandler Carrutheb65a102011-04-30 10:07:32 +00002934 if (!CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T))
2935 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl64b45f72009-01-05 20:52:13 +00002936
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002937 bool Value = false;
2938 if (!T->isDependentType())
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002939 Value = EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T);
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002940
2941 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, UTT, TSInfo, Value,
Anders Carlsson3292d5c2009-07-07 19:06:02 +00002942 RParen, Context.BoolTy));
Sebastian Redl64b45f72009-01-05 20:52:13 +00002943}
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00002944
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002945ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2946 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2947 ParsedType LhsTy,
2948 ParsedType RhsTy,
2949 SourceLocation RParen) {
2950 TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo;
2951 QualType LhsT = GetTypeFromParser(LhsTy, &LhsTSInfo);
2952 if (!LhsTSInfo)
2953 LhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(LhsT);
2954
2955 TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo;
2956 QualType RhsT = GetTypeFromParser(RhsTy, &RhsTSInfo);
2957 if (!RhsTSInfo)
2958 RhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(RhsT);
2959
2960 return BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BTT, KWLoc, LhsTSInfo, RhsTSInfo, RParen);
2961}
2962
2963static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2964 QualType LhsT, QualType RhsT,
2965 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
Chandler Carruthd064c702011-05-01 08:41:10 +00002966 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
2967 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002968
2969 switch(BTT) {
John McCalld89d30f2011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002970 case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002971 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
John McCalld89d30f2011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002972 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002973 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
2974 // regard to cv-qualifiers.
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002975
John McCalld89d30f2011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002976 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
2977 if (!lhsRecord) return false;
2978
2979 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
2980 if (!rhsRecord) return false;
2981
2982 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
2983 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
2984
2985 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
2986 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
2987
2988 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
2989 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
2990 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
2991 // complete type.
2992 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
2993 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
2994 return false;
2995
2996 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
2997 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
2998 }
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002999 case BTT_IsSame:
3000 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003001 case BTT_TypeCompatible:
3002 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
3003 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00003004 case BTT_IsConvertible:
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00003005 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
3006 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
3007 // Given the following function prototype:
3008 //
3009 // template <class T>
3010 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
3011 //
3012 // the predicate condition for a template specialization
3013 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
3014 // the return expression in the following code would be
3015 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
3016 // type of the function:
3017 //
3018 // To test() {
3019 // return create<From>();
3020 // }
3021 //
3022 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
3023 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
3024 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
3025 // is considered.
3026 //
3027 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
3028 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
3029 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
3030 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
3031 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
3032
3033 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
Douglas Gregorb608b982011-01-28 02:26:04 +00003034 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00003035 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
3036 Expr *FromPtr = &From;
3037 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
3038 SourceLocation()));
3039
Douglas Gregor1eee5dc2011-01-27 22:31:44 +00003040 // Perform the initialization within a SFINAE trap at translation unit
3041 // scope.
3042 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
3043 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00003044 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, &FromPtr, 1);
Sebastian Redl383616c2011-06-05 12:23:28 +00003045 if (Init.Failed())
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00003046 return false;
Douglas Gregor1eee5dc2011-01-27 22:31:44 +00003047
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00003048 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, MultiExprArg(&FromPtr, 1));
3049 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
3050 }
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00003051 }
3052 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
3053}
3054
3055ExprResult Sema::BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
3056 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3057 TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo,
3058 TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo,
3059 SourceLocation RParen) {
3060 QualType LhsT = LhsTSInfo->getType();
3061 QualType RhsT = RhsTSInfo->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003062
John McCalld89d30f2011-01-28 22:02:36 +00003063 if (BTT == BTT_TypeCompatible) {
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003064 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3065 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
3066 << SourceRange(KWLoc, RParen);
3067 return ExprError();
3068 }
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00003069 }
3070
3071 bool Value = false;
3072 if (!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType())
3073 Value = EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(*this, BTT, LhsT, RhsT, KWLoc);
3074
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003075 // Select trait result type.
3076 QualType ResultType;
3077 switch (BTT) {
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003078 case BTT_IsBaseOf: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00003079 case BTT_IsConvertible: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
3080 case BTT_IsSame: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003081 case BTT_TypeCompatible: ResultType = Context.IntTy; break;
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00003082 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003083 }
3084
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00003085 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, BTT, LhsTSInfo,
3086 RhsTSInfo, Value, RParen,
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003087 ResultType));
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00003088}
3089
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003090ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3091 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3092 ParsedType Ty,
3093 Expr* DimExpr,
3094 SourceLocation RParen) {
3095 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
3096 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
3097 if (!TSInfo)
3098 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
3099
3100 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
3101}
3102
3103static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3104 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
3105 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
Chandler Carruthd064c702011-05-01 08:41:10 +00003106 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003107
3108 switch(ATT) {
3109 case ATT_ArrayRank:
3110 if (T->isArrayType()) {
3111 unsigned Dim = 0;
3112 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
3113 ++Dim;
3114 T = AT->getElementType();
3115 }
3116 return Dim;
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003117 }
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003118 return 0;
3119
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003120 case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
3121 llvm::APSInt Value;
3122 uint64_t Dim;
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003123 if (DimExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Self.Context, 0, false)) {
3124 if (Value < llvm::APSInt(Value.getBitWidth(), Value.isUnsigned())) {
3125 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
3126 DimExpr->getSourceRange();
3127 return false;
3128 }
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003129 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003130 } else {
3131 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
3132 DimExpr->getSourceRange();
3133 return false;
3134 }
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003135
3136 if (T->isArrayType()) {
3137 unsigned D = 0;
3138 bool Matched = false;
3139 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
3140 if (Dim == D) {
3141 Matched = true;
3142 break;
3143 }
3144 ++D;
3145 T = AT->getElementType();
3146 }
3147
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003148 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
3149 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
3150 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
3151 }
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003152 }
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003153 return 0;
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003154 }
3155 }
3156 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
3157}
3158
3159ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3160 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3161 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
3162 Expr* DimExpr,
3163 SourceLocation RParen) {
3164 QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003165
Chandler Carruthaf5a3c62011-05-01 08:48:21 +00003166 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
3167 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
Chandler Carruthd064c702011-05-01 08:41:10 +00003168 uint64_t Value = 0;
3169 if (!T->isDependentType())
3170 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
3171
Chandler Carruthaf5a3c62011-05-01 08:48:21 +00003172 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
3173 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
3174 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
3175 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
3176 // important distinction.
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003177 return Owned(new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value,
Chandler Carruth06207f62011-05-01 07:49:26 +00003178 DimExpr, RParen,
Chandler Carruthaf5a3c62011-05-01 08:48:21 +00003179 Context.getSizeType()));
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003180}
3181
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003182ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003183 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3184 Expr *Queried,
3185 SourceLocation RParen) {
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003186 // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
3187 if (!Queried)
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003188 return ExprError();
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003189
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003190 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003191
3192 return move(Result);
3193}
3194
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003195static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
3196 switch (ET) {
3197 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
3198 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
3199 }
3200 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
3201}
3202
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003203ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003204 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3205 Expr *Queried,
3206 SourceLocation RParen) {
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003207 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
3208 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
3209 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
3210 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
3211 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3212 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.take(), RParen);
3213 }
3214
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003215 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
Chandler Carruthf7ef0002011-05-01 08:48:19 +00003216
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003217 return Owned(new (Context) ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value,
3218 RParen, Context.BoolTy));
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003219}
3220
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003221QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex,
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003222 ExprValueKind &VK,
3223 SourceLocation Loc,
3224 bool isIndirect) {
John McCallea4aba02011-06-30 17:15:34 +00003225 assert(!lex.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
3226 !rex.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
3227 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
3228
3229 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
3230 if (isIndirect) {
3231 lex = DefaultLvalueConversion(lex.take());
3232 if (lex.isInvalid()) return QualType();
3233 }
3234
3235 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
3236 rex = DefaultLvalueConversion(rex.take());
3237 if (rex.isInvalid()) return QualType();
3238
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003239 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
3240 // C++ 5.5p2
3241 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
3242 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
3243 // class type) [...]
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003244 QualType RType = rex.get()->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003245 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003246 if (!MemPtr) {
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003247 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003248 << OpSpelling << RType << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003249 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003250 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003251
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003252 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
3253
Douglas Gregor7d520ba2010-10-13 20:41:14 +00003254 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
3255 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
3256 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
3257 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
3258 // likely to be considered a defect.
Sebastian Redl59fc2692010-04-10 10:14:54 +00003259
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003260 // C++ 5.5p2
3261 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
3262 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
3263 // such a class]
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003264 QualType LType = lex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003265 if (isIndirect) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003266 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LType->getAs<PointerType>())
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003267 LType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003268 else {
3269 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
Fariborz Jahanianef78ac62009-10-26 20:45:27 +00003270 << OpSpelling << 1 << LType
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003271 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003272 return QualType();
3273 }
3274 }
3275
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003276 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LType)) {
Sebastian Redl17e1d352010-04-23 17:18:26 +00003277 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
3278 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LType, PDiag(diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
3279 << OpSpelling << (int)isIndirect)) {
3280 return QualType();
3281 }
Anders Carlsson5cf86ba2010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003282 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00003283 /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003284 // FIXME: Would it be useful to print full ambiguity paths, or is that
3285 // overkill?
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003286 if (!IsDerivedFrom(LType, Class, Paths) ||
3287 Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(Class))) {
3288 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003289 << (int)isIndirect << lex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003290 return QualType();
3291 }
Eli Friedman3005efe2010-01-16 00:00:48 +00003292 // Cast LHS to type of use.
3293 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003294 ExprValueKind VK =
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003295 isIndirect ? VK_RValue : CastCategory(lex.get());
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00003296
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00003297 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Anders Carlsson5cf86ba2010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003298 BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003299 lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, &BasePath);
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003300 }
3301
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003302 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(rex.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
Fariborz Jahanian05ebda92009-11-18 21:54:48 +00003303 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
3304 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
3305 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
3306 return QualType();
3307 }
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003308
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003309 // C++ 5.5p2
3310 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
3311 // second operand.
3312 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
3313 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003314 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003315 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LType.getCVRQualifiers());
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003316
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003317 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
3318 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003319 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
3320 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
3321 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003322 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
3323 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
3324 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
3325 case RQ_None:
3326 // Do nothing
3327 break;
3328
3329 case RQ_LValue:
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003330 if (!isIndirect && !lex.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003331 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003332 << RType << 1 << lex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003333 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003334
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003335 case RQ_RValue:
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003336 if (isIndirect || !lex.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003337 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003338 << RType << 0 << lex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003339 break;
3340 }
3341 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003342
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003343 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
3344 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
3345 // to a data member is of the same value category as its
3346 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
3347 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
3348 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
3349 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003350 if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003351 VK = VK_RValue;
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003352 return Context.BoundMemberTy;
3353 } else if (isIndirect) {
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003354 VK = VK_LValue;
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003355 } else {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003356 VK = lex.get()->getValueKind();
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003357 }
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003358
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003359 return Result;
3360}
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003361
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003362/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
3363///
3364/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
3365/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
3366/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003367/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
3368/// as such.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003369static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
3370 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003371 bool &HaveConversion,
3372 QualType &ToType) {
3373 HaveConversion = false;
3374 ToType = To->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003375
3376 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003377 SourceLocation());
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003378 // C++0x 5.16p3
3379 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
3380 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
3381 // as follows:
3382 // -- If E2 is an lvalue:
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00003383 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
Douglas Gregor0fd8ff72010-03-26 20:59:55 +00003384 if (ToIsLvalue) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003385 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
3386 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
3387 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003388 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
3389 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003390
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003391 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3392 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
3393 ToType = T;
3394 HaveConversion = true;
3395 return false;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003396 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003397
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003398 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3399 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003400 }
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00003401
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003402 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
3403 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
3404 // the same or one is a base class of the other:
3405 QualType FTy = From->getType();
3406 QualType TTy = To->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003407 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
3408 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003409 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003410 Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003411 if (FRec && TRec &&
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003412 (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003413 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
3414 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
3415 // [cv2 > cv1].
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00003416 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
3417 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003418 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
3419 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
Sebastian Redl383616c2011-06-05 12:23:28 +00003420 if (InitSeq) {
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003421 HaveConversion = true;
3422 return false;
3423 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003424
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003425 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3426 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003427 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003428 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003429
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003430 return false;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003431 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003432
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003433 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
3434 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003435 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
Douglas Gregor0fd8ff72010-03-26 20:59:55 +00003436 // an rvalue).
3437 //
3438 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
3439 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
3440 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
3441 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003442
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003443 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
3444 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
Sebastian Redl383616c2011-06-05 12:23:28 +00003445 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003446 ToType = TTy;
3447 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3448 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3449
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003450 return false;
3451}
3452
3453/// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
3454///
3455/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
3456/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
3457/// conversion to a common type.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003458static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003459 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003460 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003461 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc);
3462 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 2,
3463 CandidateSet);
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003464
3465 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003466 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003467 case OR_Success: {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003468 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003469 ExprResult LHSRes =
3470 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3471 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
3472 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003473 break;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003474 LHS = move(LHSRes);
3475
3476 ExprResult RHSRes =
3477 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
3478 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
3479 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
3480 break;
3481 RHS = move(RHSRes);
Chandler Carruth25ca4212011-02-25 19:41:05 +00003482 if (Best->Function)
3483 Self.MarkDeclarationReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003484 return false;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003485 }
3486
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003487 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003488
3489 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
3490 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
3491 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003492 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003493 return true;
3494
3495 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003496 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3497 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003498 return true;
3499
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003500 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003501 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003502 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3503 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003504 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
3505 // the viable candidates.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003506 break;
3507
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003508 case OR_Deleted:
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003509 assert(false && "Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
3510 break;
3511 }
3512 return true;
3513}
3514
Sebastian Redl76458502009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003515/// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
3516/// TryClassUnification.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003517static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003518 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003519 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003520 SourceLocation());
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003521 Expr *Arg = E.take();
3522 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &Arg, 1);
3523 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(&Arg, 1));
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003524 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl76458502009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003525 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003526
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003527 E = Result;
Sebastian Redl76458502009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003528 return false;
3529}
3530
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003531/// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
3532///
3533/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
3534/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003535QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00003536 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK,
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003537 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003538 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
3539 // interface pointers.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003540
3541 // C++0x 5.16p1
3542 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003543 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
3544 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.take());
3545 if (CondRes.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003546 return QualType();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003547 Cond = move(CondRes);
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003548 }
3549
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003550 // Assume r-value.
3551 VK = VK_RValue;
John McCall09431682010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003552 OK = OK_Ordinary;
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003553
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003554 // Either of the arguments dependent?
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003555 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003556 return Context.DependentTy;
3557
3558 // C++0x 5.16p2
3559 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003560 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3561 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003562 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
3563 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
3564 if (LVoid || RVoid) {
3565 // ... then the [l2r] conversions are performed on the second and third
3566 // operands ...
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003567 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
3568 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
3569 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3570 return QualType();
3571 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3572 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003573
3574 // ... and one of the following shall hold:
3575 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a throw-
3576 // expression; the result is of the type of the other and is an rvalue.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003577 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get());
3578 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get());
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003579 if (LThrow && !RThrow)
3580 return RTy;
3581 if (RThrow && !LThrow)
3582 return LTy;
3583
3584 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
3585 // type void and is an rvalue.
3586 if (LVoid && RVoid)
3587 return Context.VoidTy;
3588
3589 // Neither holds, error.
3590 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
3591 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003592 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003593 return QualType();
3594 }
3595
3596 // Neither is void.
3597
3598 // C++0x 5.16p3
3599 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
3600 // either has (cv) class type, and attempt is made to convert each of those
3601 // operands to the other.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003602 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003603 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
3604 ImplicitConversionSequence ICSLeftToRight, ICSRightToLeft;
3605 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003606 QualType L2RType, R2LType;
3607 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003608 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003609 return QualType();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003610 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003611 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003612
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003613 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
3614 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
3615 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003616 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003617 return QualType();
3618 }
3619
3620 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
3621 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
3622 // original operands for the remainder of this section.
3623 if (HaveL2R) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003624 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003625 return QualType();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003626 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003627 } else if (HaveR2L) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003628 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003629 return QualType();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003630 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003631 }
3632 }
3633
3634 // C++0x 5.16p4
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003635 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
3636 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
3637 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
3638 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
John McCall09431682010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003639 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
3640 // l-values.
Douglas Gregor1927b1f2010-04-01 22:47:07 +00003641 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003642 if (Same &&
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003643 LHS.get()->isGLValue() &&
3644 LHS.get()->getValueKind() == RHS.get()->getValueKind() &&
3645 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
3646 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
3647 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
3648 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
3649 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
John McCall09431682010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003650 OK = OK_BitField;
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003651 return LTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3911a1a2010-09-25 01:08:05 +00003652 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003653
3654 // C++0x 5.16p5
3655 // Otherwise, the result is an rvalue. If the second and third operands
3656 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
3657 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
3658 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
3659 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
3660 // program is ill-formed.
3661 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
3662 return QualType();
3663 }
3664
3665 // C++0x 5.16p6
3666 // LValue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
3667 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003668 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
3669 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
3670 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3671 return QualType();
3672 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3673 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003674
3675 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
3676 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003677 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
3678 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
3679 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
3680 // operand depending on the value of the first operand.
3681 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
3682 if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
3683 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
3684 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003685 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3686 SourceLocation(),
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003687 LHS);
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003688 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
3689 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003690
3691 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3692 SourceLocation(),
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003693 RHS);
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003694 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
3695 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003696
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003697 LHS = LHSCopy;
3698 RHS = RHSCopy;
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003699 }
3700
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003701 return LTy;
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003702 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003703
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00003704 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003705 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
Eli Friedmanb9b4b782011-06-23 18:10:35 +00003706 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00003707
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003708 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
3709 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
3710 // common type, and the result is of that type.
3711 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3712 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003713 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3714 return QualType();
3715 return LHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003716 }
3717
3718 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
3719 // type and the other is a null pointer constant; pointer conversions
3720 // and qualification conversions are performed to bring them to their
3721 // composite pointer type. The result is of the composite pointer type.
Eli Friedmande8ac492010-01-02 22:56:07 +00003722 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
3723 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
3724 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
3725 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
3726 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
3727 // operand. The result is of the common type.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003728 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003729 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003730 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
3731 if (!Composite.isNull()) {
3732 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003733 Diag(QuestionLoc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003734 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
3735 << LTy << RTy << Composite
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003736 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003737
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003738 return Composite;
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003739 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003740
Douglas Gregor1927b1f2010-04-01 22:47:07 +00003741 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian55016362009-12-10 20:46:08 +00003742 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3743 if (!Composite.isNull())
3744 return Composite;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003745
Chandler Carruth7ef93242011-02-19 00:13:59 +00003746 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003747 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
Chandler Carruth7ef93242011-02-19 00:13:59 +00003748 return QualType();
3749
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003750 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003751 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3752 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003753 return QualType();
3754}
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003755
3756/// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
3757///
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003758/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
3759/// and @p E2 according to C++0x 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
3760/// type and returns it.
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003761/// It does not emit diagnostics.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003762///
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003763/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
3764/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
3765///
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003766/// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
3767/// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
3768/// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
3769/// will be set true.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003770QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003771 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003772 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
3773 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
3774 *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003775
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003776 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
3777 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003778
Fariborz Jahanian0cedfbd2009-12-08 20:04:24 +00003779 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
3780 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003781 return QualType();
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003782
3783 // C++0x 5.9p2
3784 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
3785 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
3786 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
3787 // the type of the other operand.
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003788 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003789 if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003790 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003791 else
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003792 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).take();
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003793 return T2;
3794 }
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003795 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003796 if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003797 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003798 else
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003799 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).take();
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003800 return T1;
3801 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003802
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003803 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
Sebastian Redla439e6f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003804 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
3805 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003806 return QualType();
3807
3808 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
3809 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
3810 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
3811 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
3812 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
3813 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
3814 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
3815 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
3816 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
3817 // types are the same, we have succeeded.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003818 // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redla439e6f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003819 typedef llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
3820 QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
3821 typedef llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
3822 ContainingClassVector;
3823 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
3824 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
3825 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003826 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003827 do {
3828 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
3829 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
3830 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
3831 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
3832 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003833
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003834 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003835 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003836 if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
3837 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
3838 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003839
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003840 QualifierUnion.push_back(
3841 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
3842 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair((const Type *)0, (const Type *)0));
3843 continue;
3844 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003845
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003846 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
3847 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
3848 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
3849 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
3850 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003851
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003852 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003853 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003854 if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
3855 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
3856 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003857
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003858 QualifierUnion.push_back(
3859 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
3860 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
3861 MemPtr2->getClass()));
3862 continue;
3863 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003864
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003865 // FIXME: block pointer types?
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003866
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003867 // Cannot unwrap any more types.
3868 break;
3869 } while (true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003870
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003871 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
3872 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003873 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003874 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
3875 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
3876 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
3877 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
3878 *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
3879 }
3880 }
3881 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003882
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003883 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
Sebastian Redla439e6f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003884 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
3885 = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
3886 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
3887 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
3888 E = QualifierUnion.rend();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003889 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003890 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003891 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
3892 // Rebuild member pointer type
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003893 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
3894 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
3895 MOC->first);
3896 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
3897 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
3898 MOC->second);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003899 } else {
3900 // Rebuild pointer type
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003901 Composite1
3902 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
3903 Composite2
3904 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003905 }
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003906 }
3907
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003908 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
3909 InitializedEntity Entity1
3910 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
3911 InitializationKind Kind
3912 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
3913 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E1, 1);
3914 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E2, 1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003915
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003916 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
3917 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
3918 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
3919 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
3920 // Composite2 is also viable.
3921 InitializedEntity Entity2
3922 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
3923 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
3924 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
3925 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
3926 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
3927 // this is an ambiguity.
3928 return QualType();
3929 }
3930 }
3931
3932 // Convert E1 to Composite1
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003933 ExprResult E1Result
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003934 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E1,1));
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003935 if (E1Result.isInvalid())
3936 return QualType();
3937 E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3938
3939 // Convert E2 to Composite1
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003940 ExprResult E2Result
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003941 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E2,1));
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003942 if (E2Result.isInvalid())
3943 return QualType();
3944 E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003945
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003946 return Composite1;
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003947 }
3948
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003949 // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
3950 InitializedEntity Entity2
3951 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
3952 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
3953 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
3954 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
3955 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003956
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003957 // Convert E1 to Composite2
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003958 ExprResult E1Result
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003959 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E1, 1));
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003960 if (E1Result.isInvalid())
3961 return QualType();
3962 E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003963
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003964 // Convert E2 to Composite2
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003965 ExprResult E2Result
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003966 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E2, 1));
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003967 if (E2Result.isInvalid())
3968 return QualType();
3969 E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003970
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003971 return Composite2;
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003972}
Anders Carlsson165a0a02009-05-17 18:41:29 +00003973
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003974ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregor19cc1c72010-11-01 21:10:29 +00003975 if (!E)
3976 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003977
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003978 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
3979
3980 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
3981 if (!E->isRValue())
Anders Carlsson089c2602009-08-15 23:41:35 +00003982 return Owned(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003983
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003984 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
3985 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
3986 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3987 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
3988
3989 bool ReturnsRetained;
3990
3991 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
3992 // called value.
3993 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
3994 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
3995 QualType T = Callee->getType();
3996
3997 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
3998 // Handle pointer-to-members.
3999 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
4000 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
4001 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
4002 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
4003 }
4004
4005 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4006 T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4007 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
4008 T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4009 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4010 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
4011
4012 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
4013 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
4014 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
4015
4016 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
4017 // type always produce a +1 object.
4018 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
4019 ReturnsRetained = true;
4020
4021 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
4022 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
4023 // cases where we don't have an actual method.
4024 } else {
4025 Decl *D = 0;
4026 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
4027 D = Send->getMethodDecl();
4028 } else {
4029 CastExpr *CE = cast<CastExpr>(E);
4030 // FIXME. What other cast kinds to check for?
4031 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ObjCProduceObject ||
4032 CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
4033 return MaybeBindToTemporary(CE->getSubExpr());
4034 assert(CE->getCastKind() == CK_GetObjCProperty);
4035 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = CE->getSubExpr()->getObjCProperty();
4036 D = (PRE->isImplicitProperty() ? PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter() : 0);
4037 }
4038
4039 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
4040 }
4041
John McCall7e5e5f42011-07-07 06:58:02 +00004042 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
4043
4044 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ObjCConsumeObject
4045 : CK_ObjCReclaimReturnedObject);
4046 return Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, 0,
4047 VK_RValue));
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004048 }
4049
4050 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4051 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor51326552009-12-24 18:51:59 +00004052
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004053 const RecordType *RT = E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Anders Carlssondef11992009-05-30 20:36:53 +00004054 if (!RT)
4055 return Owned(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004056
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00004057 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete.
4058 // If it has a trivial destructor, we can avoid the extra copy.
Jeffrey Yasskinb7ee2e52011-01-27 19:17:54 +00004059 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
John McCall507384f2010-08-12 02:40:37 +00004060 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00004061 return Owned(E);
4062
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004063 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
4064
4065 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
4066 if (Destructor) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83f7ed2009-08-03 19:13:25 +00004067 MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
John McCallc91cc662010-04-07 00:41:46 +00004068 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
4069 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
4070 << E->getType());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004071
4072 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Temp);
4073 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
John McCallc91cc662010-04-07 00:41:46 +00004074 }
Anders Carlssondef11992009-05-30 20:36:53 +00004075 return Owned(CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E));
4076}
4077
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004078Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
Anders Carlsson99ba36d2009-06-05 15:38:08 +00004079 assert(SubExpr && "sub expression can't be null!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004080
Douglas Gregor1f5f3a42009-12-03 17:10:37 +00004081 unsigned FirstTemporary = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTemporaries;
4082 assert(ExprTemporaries.size() >= FirstTemporary);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004083 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprTemporaries.size() == FirstTemporary);
4084 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
Anders Carlsson99ba36d2009-06-05 15:38:08 +00004085 return SubExpr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004086
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004087 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004088 ExprTemporaries.begin() + FirstTemporary,
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004089 ExprTemporaries.size() - FirstTemporary);
Douglas Gregor1f5f3a42009-12-03 17:10:37 +00004090 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + FirstTemporary,
4091 ExprTemporaries.end());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004092 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004093
Anders Carlsson99ba36d2009-06-05 15:38:08 +00004094 return E;
4095}
4096
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004097ExprResult
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004098Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
Douglas Gregor90f93822009-12-22 22:17:25 +00004099 if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
4100 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004101
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004102 return Owned(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.take()));
Douglas Gregor90f93822009-12-22 22:17:25 +00004103}
4104
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004105Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004106 assert(SubStmt && "sub statement can't be null!");
4107
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004108 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004109 return SubStmt;
4110
4111 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
4112 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
4113 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
4114 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
4115 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, &SubStmt, 1,
4116 SourceLocation(),
4117 SourceLocation());
4118 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
4119 SourceLocation());
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004120 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004121}
4122
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004123ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004124Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004125 tok::TokenKind OpKind, ParsedType &ObjectType,
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004126 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004127 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004128 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004129 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4130 Base = Result.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004131
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004132 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004133 MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004134 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Douglas Gregor43d88632009-11-04 22:49:18 +00004135 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
4136 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
4137 // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
4138 if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
4139 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
4140 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004141
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004142 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004143 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004144 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004145 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004146
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004147 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004148 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004149 // returned, with the original second operand.
4150 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
John McCallc4e83212009-09-30 01:01:30 +00004151 // The set of types we've considered so far.
John McCall432887f2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00004152 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
Fariborz Jahanian7a8233a2009-09-30 17:46:20 +00004153 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 8> Locations;
John McCall432887f2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00004154 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004155
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004156 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004157 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, Base, OpLoc);
4158 if (Result.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004159 return ExprError();
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004160 Base = Result.get();
4161 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
Anders Carlssonde699e52009-10-13 22:55:59 +00004162 Locations.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()->getLocation());
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004163 BaseType = Base->getType();
John McCallc4e83212009-09-30 01:01:30 +00004164 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
John McCall432887f2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00004165 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a4e3452009-09-30 00:19:41 +00004166 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular);
Fariborz Jahanian7a8233a2009-09-30 17:46:20 +00004167 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Locations.size(); i++)
4168 Diag(Locations[i], diag::note_declared_at);
Fariborz Jahanian4a4e3452009-09-30 00:19:41 +00004169 return ExprError();
4170 }
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004171 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004172
Douglas Gregor31658df2009-11-20 19:58:21 +00004173 if (BaseType->isPointerType())
4174 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
4175 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004176
4177 // We could end up with various non-record types here, such as extended
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004178 // vector types or Objective-C interfaces. Just return early and let
4179 // ActOnMemberReferenceExpr do the work.
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00004180 if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
4181 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
4182 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
4183 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
4184 // postfix-expression.
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004185 //
4186 // This also indicates that we should be parsing a
4187 // pseudo-destructor-name.
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004188 ObjectType = ParsedType();
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004189 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004190 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00004191 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004192
Douglas Gregor03c57052009-11-17 05:17:33 +00004193 // The object type must be complete (or dependent).
4194 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004195 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor03c57052009-11-17 05:17:33 +00004196 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_member_access)))
4197 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004198
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00004199 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004200 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
Douglas Gregor03c57052009-11-17 05:17:33 +00004201 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00004202 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
4203 // up in the scope of class C. [...]
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004204 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004205 return move(Base);
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004206}
4207
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004208ExprResult Sema::DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004209 Expr *MemExpr) {
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004210 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004211 Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
4212 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(MemExpr)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00004213 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004214
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004215 return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004216 MemExpr,
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004217 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
John McCallf312b1e2010-08-26 23:41:50 +00004218 MultiExprArg(),
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004219 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
4220}
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004221
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004222ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
John McCall2d9f5fa2011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004223 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4224 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4225 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4226 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
4227 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4228 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004229 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed,
John McCall2d9f5fa2011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004230 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004231 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004232
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004233 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004234 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004235 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004236 // This scalar type is the object type.
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004237 QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004238 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
4239 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4240 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004241 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004242 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
4243 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
4244 << ObjectType << true
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00004245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004246 if (isSFINAEContext())
4247 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004248
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004249 OpKind = tok::period;
4250 }
4251 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004252
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004253 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType()) {
4254 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004255 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004256 return ExprError();
4257 }
4258
4259 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004260 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004261 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004262 if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
4263 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
4264 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
Abramo Bagnarabd054db2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004265 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004266 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
4267 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
4268 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
4269 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
4270 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004271
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004272 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
4273 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4274 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004275 DestructedTypeStart);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004276 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4277 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
4278 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
4279
4280 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4281 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
4282 // type.
4283 } else {
4284 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
4285 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
4286 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
4287 }
4288
4289 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
4290 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4291 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
4292 DestructedTypeStart);
4293 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4294 }
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004295 }
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004296 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004297
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004298 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
4299 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
4300 // form
4301 //
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004302 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004303 //
4304 // shall designate the same scalar type.
4305 if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
4306 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
4307 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
John McCall81e317a2010-06-11 17:36:40 +00004308 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004309
Abramo Bagnarabd054db2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004310 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004311 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004312 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
Abramo Bagnarabd054db2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004313 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004314
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004315 ScopeType = QualType();
4316 ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
4317 }
4318 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004319
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004320 Expr *Result
4321 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
4322 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorf3db29f2011-02-25 18:19:59 +00004323 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004324 ScopeTypeInfo,
4325 CCLoc,
4326 TildeLoc,
4327 Destructed);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004328
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004329 if (HasTrailingLParen)
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004330 return Owned(Result);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004331
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004332 return DiagnoseDtorReference(Destructed.getLocation(), Result);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004333}
4334
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004335ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
John McCall2d9f5fa2011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004336 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4337 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4338 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4339 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4340 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4341 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4342 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4343 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004344 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
4345 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
4346 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
4347 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
4348 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
4349 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
4350
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004351 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004352 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004353 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004354 // This scalar type is the object type.
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004355 QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004356 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
4357 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4358 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004359 } else if (!ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004360 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
4361 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004362 << ObjectType << true
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00004363 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004364 if (isSFINAEContext())
4365 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004366
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004367 OpKind = tok::period;
4368 }
4369 }
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004370
4371 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
4372 // record types and dependent types matter.
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004373 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004374 if (!SS.isSet()) {
John McCall2d9f5fa2011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004375 if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
4376 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004377 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
4378 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004379 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004380
4381 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004382 // type (with source-location information).
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004383 QualType DestructedType;
4384 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = 0;
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004385 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004386 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004387 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004388 SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
Fariborz Jahanian1e52dfc2011-02-08 18:05:59 +00004389 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004390 if (!T &&
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004391 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
4392 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004393 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004394 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
4395 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
4396 // template instantiation time.
4397 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
4398 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
4399 } else if (!T) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004400 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004401 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
4402 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
4403 if (isSFINAEContext())
4404 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004405
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004406 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
4407 DestructedType = ObjectType;
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004408 } else
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004409 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004410 } else {
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004411 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004412 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004413 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
4414 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
4415 TemplateId->NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor059101f2011-03-02 00:47:37 +00004416 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
4417 TemplateId->Template,
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004418 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
4419 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
4420 TemplateArgsPtr,
4421 TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4422 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
4423 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
4424 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4425 } else
4426 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004427 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004428
4429 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004430 // information.
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004431 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
4432 if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
4433 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004434 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004435 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4436 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004437
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004438 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
4439 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004440 QualType ScopeType;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004441 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004442 FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
4443 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004444 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004445 FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregorf3db29f2011-02-25 18:19:59 +00004446 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004447 if (!T) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004448 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004449 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
4450 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004451
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004452 if (isSFINAEContext())
4453 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004454
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004455 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
4456 ScopeType = QualType();
4457 } else
4458 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004459 } else {
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004460 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004461 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004462 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
4463 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
4464 TemplateId->NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor059101f2011-03-02 00:47:37 +00004465 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
4466 TemplateId->Template,
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004467 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
4468 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
4469 TemplateArgsPtr,
4470 TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4471 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
4472 // Recover by dropping this type.
4473 ScopeType = QualType();
4474 } else
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004475 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004476 }
4477 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004478
Douglas Gregorb4a418f2010-02-24 23:02:30 +00004479 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
4480 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
4481 FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
4482
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004483
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004484 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
Douglas Gregorfce46ee2010-02-24 23:50:37 +00004485 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004486 Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004487}
4488
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004489ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorf2ae5262011-01-20 00:18:04 +00004490 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004491 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/0,
4492 FoundDecl, Method);
4493 if (Exp.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorf2ae5262011-01-20 00:18:04 +00004494 return true;
Eli Friedman772fffa2009-12-09 04:53:56 +00004495
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004496 MemberExpr *ME =
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004497 new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.take(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00004498 SourceLocation(), Method->getType(),
4499 VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
4500 QualType ResultType = Method->getResultType();
4501 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
4502 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
4503
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004504 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Exp.get()->getLocStart(), Method);
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00004505 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00004506 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, 0, 0, ResultType, VK,
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004507 Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00004508 return CE;
4509}
4510
Sebastian Redl2e156222010-09-10 20:55:43 +00004511ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4512 SourceLocation RParen) {
Sebastian Redl2e156222010-09-10 20:55:43 +00004513 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand,
4514 Operand->CanThrow(Context),
4515 KeyLoc, RParen));
4516}
4517
4518ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
4519 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
4520 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
Sebastian Redl02bc21a2010-09-10 20:55:37 +00004521}
4522
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004523/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
4524/// context that ignores the result.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004525ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
John McCalla878cda2010-12-02 02:07:15 +00004526 // C99 6.3.2.1:
4527 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
4528 // array type is converted to the value stored in the
4529 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
John McCalle6d134b2011-06-27 21:24:11 +00004530 if (E->isRValue()) {
4531 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
4532 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
4533 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for
4534 // some clients.
4535 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
4536 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
4537
4538 return Owned(E);
4539 }
John McCalla878cda2010-12-02 02:07:15 +00004540
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004541 // We always want to do this on ObjC property references.
4542 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004543 ExprResult Res = ConvertPropertyForRValue(E);
4544 if (Res.isInvalid()) return Owned(E);
4545 E = Res.take();
4546 if (E->isRValue()) return Owned(E);
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004547 }
4548
4549 // Otherwise, this rule does not apply in C++, at least not for the moment.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004550 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return Owned(E);
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004551
4552 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
4553 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4554 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
4555 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004556 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).take();
4557 return Owned(E);
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004558 }
4559 }
4560
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004561 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
4562 if (Res.isInvalid())
4563 return Owned(E);
4564 E = Res.take();
4565
John McCall85515d62010-12-04 12:29:11 +00004566 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
4567 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
4568 diag::err_incomplete_type);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004569 return Owned(E);
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004570}
4571
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004572ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE) {
4573 ExprResult FullExpr = Owned(FE);
4574
4575 if (!FullExpr.get())
Douglas Gregorbebbe0d2010-12-15 01:34:56 +00004576 return ExprError();
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004577
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004578 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
Douglas Gregord0937222010-12-13 22:49:22 +00004579 return ExprError();
4580
John McCallfb8721c2011-04-10 19:13:55 +00004581 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.take());
4582 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
4583 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor353ee242011-03-07 02:05:23 +00004584
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004585 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.take());
4586 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
4587 return ExprError();
4588
4589 CheckImplicitConversions(FullExpr.get());
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004590 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
Anders Carlsson165a0a02009-05-17 18:41:29 +00004591}
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004592
4593StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
4594 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
4595
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004596 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004597}
Francois Pichet1e862692011-05-06 20:48:22 +00004598
4599bool Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4600 UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4601 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
4602 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
4603 if (!TargetName)
4604 return false;
4605
4606 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
4607 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
4608 Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
4609 R.suppressDiagnostics();
4610 LookupParsedName(R, getCurScope(), &SS);
4611 return !R.empty();
4612}